{"title":"Templates in English","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis collection gathers English-language versions of Swedish document templates for situations where agreements or supporting documents need to be understood by English-speaking parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the options below. The product title shows the document type; open the product for full contents, formats and intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"kontrollbalansrakning-mall-utan-revisor","title":"Control Balance Sheet without Auditor – Excel Template + English Version + Guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Balance Sheet for Swedish limited companies without an appointed auditor\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete digital template package featuring Swedish and English Excel templates as well as detailed user guides. The workbook helps the board of directors structure recorded values, permitted control balance sheet (KBR) adjustments, capital adequacy assessments, documentation, and signatures in accordance with Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eDesigned based on Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act, applicable annual accounts regulations, and generally accepted accounting principles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Excel template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eComplete KBR workbook in XLSX.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish Excel template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version for use under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed guidance in Word and PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed English guide in Word and PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eAll files are delivered combined in a ZIP package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen should a control balance sheet be prepared?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe board must \u003cstrong\u003eimmediately\u003c\/strong\u003e prepare a control balance sheet when there is \u003cstrong\u003ereason to assume\u003c\/strong\u003e that the company's equity, calculated according to the control balance sheet rules, is less than half of the registered share capital. The obligation may therefore arise before the capital deficiency is definitively established.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA control balance sheet must also be prepared when an attempt to levy execution shows that the company lacks sufficient assets to fully pay the debt under execution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the new Excel template helps you with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate fields for recorded values and KBR adjustments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eautomatic calculation of KBR values,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eautomatic balance check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital test against half of the registered share capital for the first assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital test against the full registered share capital before the second meeting of creditors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate specification of each KBR adjustment and its supporting documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandling of equity portions and deferred tax liabilities for untaxed reserves,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboard signature page,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esource sheet with relevant official legal sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKBR adjustments – not an ordinary balance sheet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA control balance sheet is based on the company's regular accounts, but specific adjustments can be made within the framework of the Swedish Companies Act. Among other things, assets may, under certain conditions, be recorded at higher values, provisions and liabilities at lower values, assets valued at net selling price, and untaxed reserves divided between equity and deferred tax liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore has a separate sheet to document \u003cstrong\u003ewhich item is being adjusted, the amount, the valuation basis, the justification, and supporting evidence\u003c\/strong\u003e. The formulas serve as a working aid – the board is responsible for ensuring that every valuation is correct and consistent with generally accepted accounting principles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFirst and second meeting of creditors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the control balance sheet shows that equity is less than half of the registered share capital, the board must convene the first meeting of creditors as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the capital is not fully restored and the meeting does not decide on liquidation, the control balance sheet process continues. A second meeting of creditors should normally be held within eight months. Prior to the second meeting of creditors, full restoration to at least the registered share capital is required for the company to be able to exit the control balance sheet process without liquidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #f0c7b0;border-radius:12px;background:#fff7f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant regarding the \"without auditor\" product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis version is intended for Swedish limited companies that \u003cstrong\u003edo not have an appointed auditor\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the company has an auditor, the auditor must review the control balance sheet. The product should not be used as a means to circumvent a required auditor review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish and English Excel templates have equivalent structures. The English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – it is not intended as a template according to British, American, or other foreign corporate law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide walks you through step-by-step when the board must act, how to fill in each sheet of the workbook, how to document KBR adjustments, the meetings of creditors, full restoration of share capital, personal payment liability, a practical checklist, and frequently asked questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is this template for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmaller and owner-managed Swedish limited companies without an appointed auditor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboards that need to investigate suspected capital deficiency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebusiness owners and accounting consultants who want a structured working document,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies that need to document KBR adjustments and capital tests clearly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e XLSX, DOCX, and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download in ZIP format. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/kontrollbalansrakning-information-och-vagledning\/kontrollbalansrakning-vardering-av-poster\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about the valuation of items in a control balance sheet →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an auditor to use the template?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is developed for companies without an appointed auditor. If the company has an auditor, they must review the control balance sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Excel template automatically determine if the company must be liquidated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The capital test is a control and calculation aid. The board must personally ensure that accounting, valuations, deadlines, and other legal requirements are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the English version in a Swedish company?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The English version is the same type of working material but in English, and is explicitly adapted to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for the second meeting of creditors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. On the START sheet, you can select the control stage, and the capital test will then switch from half of the share capital to a requirement for at least the full registered share capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a practical document and calculation aid and does not replace individual legal or accounting advice. In cases of complex valuations, unclear timing of capital deficiency, or a risk of missed deadlines, a qualified advisor should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47972473012566,"sku":"Kontrollbalansräkning-utan-revisor","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kontrollbalansrakning-utan-revisor-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791141843"},{"product_id":"kontrollbalansrakning-mall-med-revisor","title":"Controlling balance sheet with auditor – Excel template + Swedish\/English guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Balance Sheet for Swedish limited company with an appointed auditor\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete digital template package featuring Swedish and English Excel templates, automatic capital assessment, specific auditor documentation, and detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eDesigned based on Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act, the Annual Accounts Act, and the Swedish Accounting Standards Board's current guidance on control balance sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Excel template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eComplete workbook for control balance sheet with auditor workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish Excel template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version for use in accordance with Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed step-by-step guide in Word and PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed English guide in Word and PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eAll new files are delivered together in a ZIP package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant: Auditor's report not included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company has an appointed auditor, the control balance sheet must be audited by the \u003cstrong\u003ecompany's auditor\u003c\/strong\u003e. The auditor's report must be prepared following the actual audit and therefore cannot be replaced by a general template. Instead, the package contains a specific worksheet for gathering audit documentation, dates, attachments, and the status of the auditor's report.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen must a control balance sheet be prepared?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe board of directors must \u003cstrong\u003eimmediately\u003c\/strong\u003e prepare a control balance sheet when there is \u003cstrong\u003ereason to assume\u003c\/strong\u003e that the company's equity, calculated according to control balance sheet regulations, is less than half of the registered share capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe obligation also applies if an attachment attempt shows that the company lacks assets to fully pay the attachment claim. If the company has an auditor, the control balance sheet must subsequently be audited by them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Excel template helps you with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate columns for book values, control balance sheet adjustments, and control balance sheet values,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eautomatic balance control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital test against half the registered share capital for the first assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital test against the full registered share capital before the second general meeting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate specification of control balance sheet adjustments and associated valuation documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreakdown of untaxed reserves into equity and deferred tax,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboard signature page,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea specific \u003cstrong\u003eAUDITOR sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e with a checklist of documents that may need to be provided to the auditor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeckpoints to ensure the auditor's report is available before the general meeting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe auditor workflow is built into the workbook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn the specific auditor sheet, the company can document who the auditor is, when the control balance sheet was submitted for audit, the date of the auditor's report, and whether the report is attached. It also includes a checklist for items such as the general ledger, balance reconciliations, valuation documentation, specifications of control balance sheet adjustments, and board minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sheet is solely a work and documentation aid. The auditor decides for themselves which audit measures are required and how the separate report is to be formulated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl balance sheet adjustments and valuation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe control balance sheet is based on the company's ordinary accounts, but Section 25(14) of the Companies Act allows for specific adjustments. Assets may, under certain conditions, be recorded at a higher value, provisions and liabilities at a lower value, assets can be reported at net realizable value, and untaxed reserves must be divided between equity and deferred tax liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery adjustment must be justified and documented. In this version, this is particularly important since the documentation must be available for review by the company's auditor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFirst general meeting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the audited control balance sheet shows that equity is less than half of the registered share capital, the board must call a first general meeting as soon as possible. \u003cstrong\u003eBoth the control balance sheet and the auditor's report must be presented at the meeting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecond general meeting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the capital is not fully restored and the first general meeting does not decide on liquidation, a second general meeting must normally be held within eight months. Before that meeting, the board must prepare a new control balance sheet and have the company's auditor examine it. For the control balance sheet process to be concluded without liquidation, the control balance sheet must show that equity amounts to at least the registered share capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English Excel template and user guide are language versions of documents designed for \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. They are not intended for use as British, American, or other foreign corporate law documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is this package for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish limited companies with an appointed auditor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboards of directors needing to investigate suspected capital deficiency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies wanting to gather control balance sheet and auditor documentation in a structured way,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccounting consultants preparing documentation for an auditor's review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e XLSX, DOCX, and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/kontrollbalansrakning-information-och-vagledning\/kontrollbalansrakning-vardering-av-poster\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about the valuation of items in a control balance sheet →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a finished auditor's report included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The auditor's report must be prepared by the company's auditor after the actual audit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould the auditor sign the control balance sheet itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe control balance sheet must be signed by the board of directors. The auditor provides their report separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the control balance sheet is changed after the auditor's review?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA significantly changed version should be submitted to the auditor again for assessment of whether a new or supplementary audit is needed before the document is used in the control balance sheet process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for the second general meeting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The control step can be selected in the workbook, and the capital test is then adjusted to the requirement for full registered share capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a practical documentation and calculation aid and does not replace individual legal, accounting, or audit advice. The board is responsible for the control balance sheet, and the auditor is responsible for their independent audit and report.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47973303189846,"sku":"07350139912402","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kontrollbalansrakning-med-revisor-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791143632"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-varning-till-anstalld-mall","title":"Written warning \/ formal reprimand for employee – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten warning \/ reprimand to employee\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete employment law template package for Swedish employers, including Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and a detailed user guide. The template is designed to help the employer document a specific deficiency, clarify what needs to change, and create a structured follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), relevant work environment and rehabilitation regulations, Labour Court practice, and applicable collective agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish template – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for written warning\/reprimand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version of the same document.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guidance for the employer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance for international HR environments in Sweden.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA warning is not the same as a disciplinary measure or termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA standard written LAS warning\/reprimand is primarily used to document misconduct or deficiencies, clarify the employer's requirements, and give the employee the opportunity to rectify the situation. The document is \u003cstrong\u003enot a notice of termination in itself\u003c\/strong\u003e and should not be described as a disciplinary measure unless permitted by a collective agreement or other specific regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the new template helps you document\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployer, employee, position, and applicable collective agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe type of work-related deficiency in question,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate, location, and exactly what occurred,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich obligation, instruction, or policy is affected,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious discussions, reprimands, and support measures,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employee's own explanation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employer's objective assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econcrete requirements for rectification and follow-up dates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupport, training, workplace adaptation, rehabilitation, or reassignment issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandover, signature, and attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear warning regarding continued misconduct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLabour Court practice shows that in many cases, it is important that the employee clearly understands that the employer views the deficiency seriously and, when the situation could escalate toward termination, that the employment may be in jeopardy. The template therefore contains a specific legal clarification that avoids claiming that a future termination is already decided or automatically valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete facts instead of general criticism\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is built to describe \u003cstrong\u003econcrete events and verifiable deficiencies\u003c\/strong\u003e – not vague formulations such as \"bad attitude\" or \"lack of professionalism\" without connection to the tasks. The employer can state the date, context, instruction\/policy, supporting documentation, and what is actually expected moving forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDocumenting the employee's version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA separate section is intended for the employee's explanation. This creates better documentation and reduces the risk of an employment law assessment being based on a one-sided or incomplete account of events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSupport, rehabilitation, and workplace adaptation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the deficiency may be related to illness, reduced work capacity, or disability, the employer needs to assess obligations regarding rehabilitation and workplace adaptation. The template therefore includes a specific checklist for support measures and clearly notes that a warning must not replace such investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf termination becomes relevant later\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written warning does not replace the formal rules that apply before termination or dismissal. The employer then needs to assess, among other things, objective grounds, reassignment, time limits, notification to the employee, and – where applicable – notice to the employee's trade union.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSignature without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe document contains a specific receipt clause: the employee's signature only confirms that the document has been received. It does not imply that the employee agrees with the employer's description or assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is particularly useful in Swedish companies with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees. It is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign employment law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains when the template is appropriate, when the employer should wait, how to fill in each section, how a clear LAS warning should be formulated, the significance of less intrusive measures, rehabilitation and workplace adaptation, the reassignment issue, time limits, signature, and practical documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is the package for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployers and HR functions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emanagers with personnel responsibility,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmall and medium-sized enterprises that need structured personnel documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish businesses with both Swedish and English as working languages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of documents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 files.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust a warning always be in writing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, but written documentation makes it significantly easier to demonstrate what has been communicated, when it occurred, and what requirements the employer has set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many warnings must an employee receive before termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general rule regarding a specific number of warnings. The assessment depends on how serious the misconduct is, what the employee has understood, what measures the employer has taken, and other circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the employee obligated to sign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If the employee refuses to sign, the employer can document that the document was handed over nonetheless. The template has a dedicated space for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used as a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A termination or dismissal procedure is covered by specific legal requirements and separate documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. In the event of risk of termination, dismissal, discrimination, rehabilitation disputes, or other more extensive disputes, a qualified advisor should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48048377135446,"sku":"07350139912419","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-varning-erinran-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791144621"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-generell","title":"Written warning – general template Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – general template for employers\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF versions, including a detailed user guide. The package is designed for situations where the employer needs to document a specific work-related deficiency, clarify what must be corrected, and follow up on the situation in an objective and structured manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), relevant case law from the Labour Court, rules on workplace accommodation, and applicable parts of collective agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable Word template + print-friendly PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA notice is not automatically a disciplinary measure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA standard employment law notice is primarily used to document a deficiency, clarify the employer's requirements, and give the employee an opportunity to rectify the situation. The document is \u003cstrong\u003enot in itself a notice of termination\u003c\/strong\u003e and should not be described as a disciplinary measure unless permitted by a collective agreement or other specific regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA general template for many types of personnel matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for situations where a more specialized notice is not required. It can, for example, be adapted for deficiencies in work performance, repeated failure to follow instructions, conduct issues, collaboration problems, or other work-related obligations – provided that the employer describes \u003cstrong\u003econcrete events\u003c\/strong\u003e and makes an individual assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template helps you document\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployer, employee, position, and any collective agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose of the notice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate, time, location, and specific event or deficiency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich work task, instruction, policy, or obligation is involved,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupporting evidence and previous dialogue,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employee's own explanation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employer's objective assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econcrete requirements for correction, timeframe, and follow-up,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupport, workplace accommodation, rehabilitation, and any potential redeployment issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery, receipt, and documentation if the employee refuses to sign.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete facts instead of vague judgments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new template is designed to describe what actually happened. Phrases such as \"bad attitude\" or \"lack of professionalism\" should not stand alone, but should be linked to specific actions, work tasks, or instructions. This creates clearer communication and better documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe employee's version has its own section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee should be given the opportunity to respond to the employer's statements. Therefore, there is a specific section for explanations, objections, and relevant circumstances. If new information comes to light, the employer may need to investigate the matter further before a final assessment is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRequirements for correction and follow-up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA notice should not only describe what went wrong. It should also clarify \u003cstrong\u003ewhat needs to change, when it must be corrected, and how it will be followed up\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template therefore includes a separate section for correction and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen employment may be at risk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn many cases of misconduct, the Labour Court has emphasized the importance of the employer clearly stating that continued misconduct may affect the employment and giving the employee a genuine opportunity to correct the deficiencies. How clear such a statement needs to be depends on the situation and the seriousness of the misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWorkplace accommodation and rehabilitation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the problem may be related to illness or reduced work capacity, the employer must assess the need for workplace accommodation and rehabilitation. A notice must not be used as a substitute for such measures. The template therefore contains specific checklist questions regarding support, accommodation, and other less intrusive measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf termination is considered later\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA notice does not replace the formal rules that apply in the event of any future termination or dismissal. The employer will then need to make a separate assessment regarding objective grounds, redeployment, time limits, and notifications\/warnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReceipt without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe signature in the template only confirms that the employee has received the document. It does not mean that the employee approves of the employer's description or assessment. If the employee chooses not to sign, there is a special field to document how and when the document was delivered anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and is suitable for Swedish organizations with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees. It is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign labor law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide describes when a general notice is appropriate, when the employer should be cautious, how to document specific events, how to formulate requirements for correction, the significance of the employee's version, workplace accommodation and rehabilitation, what applies if the employment may later be at risk, as well as practical handling of receipts and archiving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a notice the same thing as a warning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe terms are sometimes used interchangeably in working life. What matters is what the document actually communicates and how it is used. This product is designed as a general notice\/clarification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the employee have to sign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If the employee refuses, the employer can document how and when the document was delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used as a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are covered by separate formal and time-related rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many notices are required before termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general rule regarding a specific number. The assessment depends on the circumstances, the seriousness of the deficiency, what measures the employer has taken, and what the employee has understood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. For more intrusive employment law measures or complicated personnel matters, qualified advisors should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48055264280918,"sku":"7350139912426","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-generell-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791148424"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-sakerhetsovertradelser","title":"Written warning – security violations Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice for safety violations\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete template package for Swedish employers who need to document a specific deviation from safety regulations, protective instructions, or safe work methods. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Work Environment Act, AFS 2023:1 on systematic work environment management, relevant rules on work equipment and personal protective equipment, as well as the Employment Protection Act (LAS) and Labor Court practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template specifically adapted for safety violations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA notice does not replace the work environment investigation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the event of accidents, ill health, or serious near-misses, the employer must investigate the underlying causes and take measures to prevent the event from recurring. A safety violation must therefore not be handled solely as a personnel matter. The template contains specific checkpoints to distinguish \u003cstrong\u003eindividual behavior\u003c\/strong\u003e from deficiencies in instructions, training, equipment, staffing, or work organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when an employee has deviated from a known and legitimate safety rule or work instruction and the employer needs to document the incident and clarify requirements for correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efailure to use prescribed personal protective equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebypassing guards, interlocks, or safety functions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse of machinery, tools, or work equipment in violation of instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintentional deviation from an established safe work method,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother documented violations that create a risk of ill health or accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe employee's obligations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Work Environment Act stipulates that employees must participate in work environment management, follow provided regulations, use protective devices, and exercise the caution necessary to prevent ill health and accidents. At the same time, the employer must be able to demonstrate that relevant safety rules were clear, accessible, and possible to follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEmployer responsibility is checked separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employer must ensure that employees have sufficient knowledge of the work and its risks. For serious risks, there must be written instructions for safe work. The template therefore has specific fields to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich safety rule or instruction is affected,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen and how it was communicated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the employee received an introduction or training,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif understanding has been verified,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the right protective equipment and safe tools were available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDirect safety assessment after the incident\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a checklist for whether the work needed to be stopped or secured, if equipment needed to be locked out, if safety representatives or other work environment functions were informed, if reporting to authorities needs to be evaluated, and if a separate incident investigation and risk assessment have been initiated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnderlying causes – not just the question of blame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Work Environment Authority's rules on systematic work environment management require that the employer investigates the causes of work-related accidents and serious near-misses. The investigation must be used to prevent new incidents. Therefore, the template contains control questions regarding, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunclear or outdated instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elack of training or introduction,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnical faults or insufficient safeguards,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etime pressure, staffing, or organizational causes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eneed for changed risk assessment or work method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePersonal protective equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the incident concerns personal protective equipment, the employer also needs to check that the correct equipment has been selected, provided, and maintained, and that the employee has received instruction on its use. Protective equipment must not be used as a substitute for measures that can eliminate or reduce the risk at the source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe employee's version is documented\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee gets a separate section for their explanation. This can, for example, reveal if instructions were unclear, if equipment was not functioning, or if time pressure, staffing, or other work environment factors affected the situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRequirement for correction and safety measures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003ewhat the employee must do\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ewhat the employer needs to address\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is possible to document mandatory use of protective equipment, safe work methods, refresher training, supervision, as well as technical or organizational improvements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf the violation is repeated\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRepeated or serious breaches of legitimate safety rules can in some cases have employment law consequences. In cases of misconduct, the Labor Court has attached importance to whether the employee clearly understood what was required and, when the situation has not been so serious that it was unnecessary, had the opportunity to correct themselves. A potential subsequent dismissal or termination must always be assessed separately according to the Employment Protection Act (LAS), collective agreements, and the circumstances in the individual case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReceipt without acknowledgment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee's signature on the document only confirms receipt. It does not mean that the employee approves the employer's description or assessment. If a signature is declined, there is specific space to document how and when the document was handed over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and is intended for Swedish workplaces with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees. It is not designed for British, American, or other foreign labor law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains the obligations of the employee and employer, how the incident should be documented, what should be handled in a separate work environment investigation, reporting to authorities in case of serious incidents, personal protective equipment, requirements for correction, follow-up, and how potential future employment law actions should be distinguished from the notice itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it enough to give a notice after a serious near-miss?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The employer must also investigate the causes, assess the risks, and implement the work environment measures that are necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used if an employee does not use protective equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the employer simultaneously checks that the right equipment was available, that the requirement was clear, and that the employee received the necessary information and instruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the employee have to sign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The employer can document the handover even if the employee declines a signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A potential termination or dismissal is covered by separate legal requirements and must be tried independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation support and does not replace the employer's systematic work environment management, a mandatory report to authorities, or individual legal advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48055315661142,"sku":"7350139912433","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-sakerhetsovertradelser-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791149242"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-dalig-attityd-eller-negativt-beteende","title":"Written warning – conduct \u0026 cooperation Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – behavior and cooperation\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete template package for Swedish employers who need to document specific behaviors, cooperation issues, or recurring conflicts that affect work. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), the Discrimination Act, the Swedish Work Environment Authority's regulations on organizational and social work environment, and the whistleblower protection act’s prohibition against retaliation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for concrete behavioral and cooperation problems.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version of the same document.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eAvoid the phrase “bad attitude” as the sole basis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA general label such as \u003cstrong\u003e“bad attitude”\u003c\/strong\u003e is too subjective. The new template is therefore built to document \u003cstrong\u003eobservable actions\u003c\/strong\u003e: what was actually said or done, which work-related obligation is affected, how the work was impacted, and what concrete change is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template appropriate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when concrete behaviors affect workflow, cooperation, customer relations, quality, or the work environment, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring disrespectful or inappropriate conduct,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring disruptive conflicts with colleagues or management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erefusal to follow legitimate and clear work instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaggressive or confrontational behavior that impacts work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esystematic unwillingness to fulfill specific collaborative tasks included in the role.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe template separates behavior from personality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employer should not judge a person's character or general personality. The document therefore contains specific fields for dates, context, words or actions, actual impact, and relevant documentation. This reduces the risk of vague or arbitrary phrasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe employee's version must be documented\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee is provided with their own section for their explanation. If new information emerges – for example regarding unclear requirements, high workload, conflict, lack of management, or other work environment factors – the employer may need to investigate further before a final assessment is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWork environment and victimization\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAFS 2023:2 requires the employer to prevent victimization and manage organizational and social work environment risks. If the behavior is linked to conflict, unhealthy workload, unclear roles, or other work environment conditions, the employer must also address that part. A written notice does not replace the responsibility for the work environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHarassment and discrimination require separate investigation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf an employee reports harassment or sexual harassment, the employer has a specific duty to investigate the circumstances and take reasonable measures to prevent further harassment. This written notice does not replace such an investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProtected criticism and whistleblowing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a specific checkpoint to avoid retaliation. It may not be used to punish an employee for protected whistleblowing, legitimate reporting of misconduct, or other protected rights. The employer should also check collective agreements and union rights before taking action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear requirements for change\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of writing that the employee must “improve their attitude,” the template helps the employer specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich concrete behavior must cease,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat should be done instead,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat support the employer offers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen the improvement is to be followed up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIllness, disability, and work adaptation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the behavior may be related to illness, disability, or reduced work capacity, the employer needs to assess obligations regarding work adaptation and rehabilitation. A written notice must not be used as a substitute for such measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf employment may later be in jeopardy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf continued misconduct could eventually affect employment, the employer must make a separate labor law assessment in accordance with the Employment Protection Act (LAS) and any applicable collective agreement. The template contains a carefully phrased clarification that can be used when it is truly relevant, without implying that a future termination has already been decided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAcknowledgment without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee's signature only confirms receipt. It does not imply that the employee accepts the employer's description or assessment. If a signature is refused, there is a separate field for how and when the document was delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and is suitable for Swedish companies with international managers, HR departments, or English-speaking employees. It is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign labor law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers fact-checking, concrete phrasing, work environment, harassment, discrimination, whistleblowing, work adaptation, corrective requirements, follow-up, and how any later termination should be kept legally separate from the written notice itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I write “bad attitude” in the notice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is better to describe concrete behaviors and how they affect the work. Vague personal judgments are harder to follow up and can create unnecessary legal risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for conflicts between colleagues?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if there are concrete work-related behaviors to document. At the same time, the employer needs to assess whether the conflict points to work environment problems that also need to be managed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the employee reports harassment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn that case, the employer may have a separate duty to investigate according to the Discrimination Act and\/or work environment regulations. The notice does not replace that process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination or dismissal is subject to specific requirements and must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a specific labor law matter.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48055370514774,"sku":"7350139912440","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-beteende-samarbete-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791151768"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-brist-pa-professionalism","title":"Written reprimand – professionalism \u0026 professional conduct Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten warning – professionalism and professional conduct\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete template package for Swedish employers who need to document concrete deficiencies in professional conduct, customer service, communication, quality, documentation, or compliance with legitimate work routines. The package contains Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), the Discrimination Act, the Swedish Work Environment Authority's regulations on organizational and social work environment, the Whistleblowing Act, and relevant case law from the Labour Court.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish warning – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for concrete deficiencies in professional conduct.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish warning – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version of the same document.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003e\"Lack of professionalism\" must be specified\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProfessionalism is not an independent legal category. The new template therefore helps the employer to describe \u003cstrong\u003ewhat actually happened\u003c\/strong\u003e, which legitimate role requirement or work instruction is involved, how the work was affected, and what concrete change is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when concrete actions conflict with clear work-related expectations, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring inappropriate treatment of customers or suppliers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elack of documentation despite clear requirements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring unprofessional or inappropriate communication in the professional role,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efailure to follow clear quality, confidentiality, or work routines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother concrete deviations from legitimate requirements that are part of the work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template helps you document\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate, time, location, and concrete incident,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich policy, instruction, role standard, or task is involved,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eactual impact on customer, quality, workflow, safety, or team,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious feedback, training, and guidance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employee's own explanation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employer's objective assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econcrete requirements for correction and what is expected instead,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employer's support and follow-up date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear requirements instead of subjective judgments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePhrasings such as \"be more professional,\" \"bad attitude,\" or \"disloyal\" are too vague if they stand alone. The template is therefore designed to link the criticism to observable behaviors, clear role requirements, and actual impact on the business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompetence, introduction, and support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore a warning is used, the employer should verify that the requirements have been clear, legitimate, and possible to follow. If the problem is due to a lack of introduction, training, unclear roles, or insufficient resources, the employer may need to take support or competence measures instead of, or in parallel with, a warning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWork environment and victimization\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Work Environment Authority's regulations require the employer to prevent victimization and manage organizational and social work environment risks. Conflicts, workload, unclear roles, or lack of management may therefore need to be investigated separately. A warning does not replace the responsibility for the work environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHarassment and discrimination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the employee reports harassment or sexual harassment, the employer may have a special obligation to investigate what happened, take measures, and follow up. The template therefore contains a specific checkpoint to avoid confusing a personnel matter with a discrimination investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhistleblowing and protected rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA warning may not be used as retaliation against anyone covered by the Whistleblowing Act's protection or who is otherwise exercising a protected right. The employer should therefore check the background of the alleged deficiency before the action is documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf continued misconduct could affect employment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn cases of misconduct, the Labour Court has emphasized the importance of the employee normally understanding that the employer views the deficiency seriously and is given a real opportunity to correct themselves. If a future termination is later considered, it must be assessed separately according to the Employment Protection Act (LAS), including the rules on objective grounds and reassignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReceipt without acknowledgment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee's signature only confirms that the document has been received. It does not imply that the employee accepts the employer's description or legal assessment. If a signature is declined, there is a special field to document how the document was delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish businesses with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees, and is not intended as a foreign employment law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide goes through step-by-step when the template is suitable, how facts should be documented, how clear requirements are formulated, what importance training and support can have, and how work environment, discrimination, whistleblowing, and any subsequent termination should be kept legally separate from the warning itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I write \"lack of professionalism\" as the only justification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is better to describe concrete actions, which work-related standard applied, and what actual impact occurred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for customer service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the employer can describe concrete events and clear legitimate requirements for how the role should be performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the problem is actually a lack of competence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThen the employer should assess the need for training, guidance, clearer instructions, or other support measures before the situation is treated solely as misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are covered by separate formal and assessment rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a concrete labor law case.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48059529134422,"sku":"7350139912464","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-professionalism-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791152918"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-fronvaro-forseningar","title":"Written warning – absence \u0026 lateness Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – absence and lateness\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comprehensive template package for Swedish employers who need to document recurring late arrivals, unauthorized absence, or failures in absence routines in an objective and structured manner. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), the Sick Pay Act, the Parental Leave Act, and relevant case law from the Labour Court regarding unauthorized absence and misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for absence and lateness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eNot all absence is misconduct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new template is designed to distinguish \u003cstrong\u003eunauthorized absence and failures in absence routines\u003c\/strong\u003e from absence that may be protected or require different handling, such as illness, VAB (temporary parental benefit)\/parental leave, granted vacation, or rehabilitation needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template appropriate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when there are concrete, documented deficiencies, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring late arrival despite clear working hours,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eabsence without contact according to a clear absence routine,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eabsence after a leave request has been explicitly denied,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erepeated failures in reporting sickness where the problem is the routine – not the illness itself,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother concrete deviations from clear and legitimate attendance or reporting requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete incidents and actual working time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a specific table where the employer can document dates, planned work shifts, actual attendance or absence, and how the notification was made. This provides significantly better documentation than general statements that someone is “unreliable” or “often late.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChecks before employment law assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore a written notice is issued, the employer should verify whether the absence is related to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eillness or reduced work capacity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAB, parental leave, or other statutory leave,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egranted vacation or other agreed leave,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erehabilitation or the need for workplace adaptation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecollective agreement rules regarding working hours, absence, or disciplinary measures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIllness and medical certificates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpecial rules apply to sickness absence. For sick pay, the employee must normally substantiate continued reduced work capacity with a medical certificate from the eighth calendar day of the sickness period. Under special circumstances, earlier certificates may be requested. Recurring sickness absence may also necessitate rehabilitation and workplace adaptation and should therefore not automatically be treated as misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVAB and parental leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Parental Leave Act contains an explicit prohibition against detriment related to protected parental leave. The template therefore includes a specific checklist to avoid, for example, VAB or other statutory parental leave being incorrectly classified as unauthorized absence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDocumenting the employee's explanation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee is given a separate section for their version of events. It may emerge, for example, that a schedule was unclear, that sickness notification was made in a way other than the employer initially thought, or that there are medical or family-related circumstances that must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear requirements for rectification and follow-up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of a vague request to “improve attendance,” the template helps the employer specify exactly what is required moving forward, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003earriving on time for scheduled work shifts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereporting sickness before a specified time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtacting the correct manager or function,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubmitting requested documentation according to applicable rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea specific date for follow-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf problems persist\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTermination by the employer must, according to the Employment Protection Act (LAS), be based on objective grounds. Unauthorized absence can be serious, and the Labour Court has in some cases accepted very severe measures in instances of serious unauthorized absence. However, the assessment is always individual and is influenced by factors such as the extent of the absence, the employee’s explanation, prior clear warnings, the issue of redeployment, and the employer’s own obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAcknowledgement of receipt without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee’s signature only confirms receipt. It does not mean that the employee accepts the employer’s description or assessment. If the employee refuses to sign, there is specific space to document how and when the document was delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish businesses with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees, and is not intended as a foreign labour law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide goes through, step by step, how absence should be classified, illness and medical certificates, VAB and parental leave, documentation, requirements for rectification, follow-up, and how a potential subsequent termination or dismissal should be kept legally separate from the notice itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan an employer issue a written notice for late arrival?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if there are clear working hours and the concrete lateness can be documented. Recurring lateness should be assessed based on its extent, previous communication, and other circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan sickness absence be treated as unauthorized absence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot solely because the employee is sick. However, failures in a clear sickness notification routine may need to be handled separately, and sickness absence is covered by special rules regarding sick pay, certificates, and rehabilitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for VAB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template should not be used to punish legally protected VAB\/parental leave. Always verify the right to leave and the notification rules first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are covered by separate legal requirements and must be assessed independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a specific employment law matter.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48059535556950,"sku":"7350139912471","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-franvaro-forseningar-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791154574"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-brott-mot-foretagets-policy","title":"Written warning – policy violation Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – policy violation\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete template package for Swedish employers who need to document a specific breach of an internal policy, guideline, or workplace rule. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), the Co-determination Act (MBL), the Discrimination Act, the Whistleblowing Act, as well as relevant work environment regulations and collective agreements where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for documenting policy violations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish notice – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eAn internal policy is not automatically sufficient grounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new template is designed to verify \u003cstrong\u003eexactly which rule applied, which version of the policy was current, how the rule was communicated, and whether it is legitimate and work-related\u003c\/strong\u003e. An internal policy cannot override law, employment contracts, or collective agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template appropriate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used for concrete deviations from clear workplace rules, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreach of IT, information security, or access routines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eviolation of confidentiality or information handling policies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeviation from a code of conduct or other clear work-related guidelines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efailure to comply with quality or documentation routines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother concrete violations of legitimate and clearly communicated rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExact policy rule and current version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains specific fields for policy title, version date, and the exact rule or section. This reduces the risk of the employer referring to a general policy without being able to demonstrate which specific obligation the employee is alleged to have breached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow did the employee become aware of the policy?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template helps the employer document whether the rule was communicated via onboarding, training, intranet, employee handbook, meeting, receipt, or previous reminder. The employee's actual opportunity to follow the policy should also be verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMBL and the introduction of policies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the employer is bound by a collective agreement, a significant change in operations or working and employment conditions may trigger a primary duty to negotiate under the Co-determination Act (MBL). Therefore, the template contains a specific checkpoint for how the policy in question was introduced or amended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProtected rights – special check\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn internal policy may not be used as grounds for retaliation or other prohibited treatment. The template therefore includes checkpoints for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprotected whistleblowing and reporting of malpractice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereported discrimination or participation in a discrimination investigation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunion activity and collective bargaining rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother statutory rights that cannot be set aside by internal policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWork environment and safety must be handled separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the policy violation concerns safety, work environment, or incidents, the employer must also conduct the investigations and risk measures required by work environment regulations. A written notice does not replace that responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/skriftlig-erinran-sakerhetsovertradelser\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor purely safety-related violations, our special safety template is also available →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDocumenting the employee's version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee is provided with their own section for their explanation. It may turn out, for example, that the policy was unclear, an older version was used, training was missing, or there were practical obstacles to following the rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete requirements for correction and follow-up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of just writing that the employee must “follow company policy,” the template helps the employer formulate exactly what must stop, what must be done instead, what support or training will be provided, and when the situation is to be followed up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf the violation is repeated\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA policy violation may in some cases have employment law consequences, but the assessment depends on factors such as the clarity of the rule, how it was communicated, the seriousness of the violation, the employee's explanation, and previous actions. If termination is later considered, it must be assessed separately in accordance with the Employment Protection Act (LAS) and any applicable collective agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAcknowledgment without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee's signature only confirms that the document has been received. It does not mean that the employee accepts the employer's description or legal assessment. If the signature is declined, there is specific space to document the delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version based on Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish organizations with international managers, HR departments, or English-speaking employees and is not intended as a foreign employment law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide walks you through the policy check, the MBL question, communication of rules, documentation of facts, protected rights, work environment, the employee's version, correction requirements, follow-up, and how any subsequent termination should be kept legally separate from the notice itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it enough for a policy to be on the intranet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot always. It is relevant whether the rule was clear, current, legitimate, and reasonably known to the employee. How the policy was communicated should therefore be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a policy conflict with a collective agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn internal policy cannot be used to override a collective agreement or mandatory legal provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for whistleblowing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt must not be used as retaliation for protected reporting. Always check whether the alleged policy violation is related to whistleblowing or other protected activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are covered by separate rules and must be assessed independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a specific labor law matter.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48059557839190,"sku":"7350139912488","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-policyovertradelse-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791155156"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-bristande-arbetsprestation","title":"Written warning – poor work performance Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten Warning – Poor Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comprehensive employment law template package for Swedish employers who need to document concrete performance deficiencies, clarify reasonable requirements, and create a structured improvement and follow-up plan. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Employment Protection Act (LAS), the Discrimination Act, the Swedish Work Environment Authority’s regulations on workplace adaptation, and relevant case law from the Labor Court.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish warning – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for concrete performance deficiencies and improvement plans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish warning – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrintable version of the same document.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten notice – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003ePoor performance must be substantiated\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePhrases such as \u003cstrong\u003e\"low performance,\"\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\"inefficient,\"\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e\"inadequate\"\u003c\/strong\u003e are too vague on their own. The new template helps the employer document which work tasks or goals are affected, what standard actually applies, what results have been achieved, and what concrete deviation needs to be corrected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when there are verifiable deficiencies in work performance, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring quality errors or incorrect deliveries despite clear requirements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereasonable and communicated goals that are not reached over a relevant period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecurring delays in work tasks despite clear priorities,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeficiencies in quality or productivity despite training, instruction, and support,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother concrete deviations from legitimate requirements included in the role.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear and reasonable requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains specific fields for the work task, expected standard, how the requirement has been communicated, and why the requirement is reasonable for the role in question. This reduces the risk of retroactive criticism or expectations that the employee was never made aware of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete events and results\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA separate table makes it possible to document dates, work tasks or goals, expected outcomes, actual outcomes, impact, and relevant supporting data. This provides a more objective basis than general judgments about the employee's personality or attitude.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSupport and professional development documentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employer should check whether the employee has received sufficient onboarding, instruction, training, supervision, resources, and reasonable priorities. The template therefore includes a specific section for previous feedback and support measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA separate section for the employee's version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee is given the opportunity to describe circumstances that may have affected their performance, such as unclear instructions, high workload, technical obstacles, competence gaps, or health issues. The employer then documents their assessment following the dialogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWorkplace adaptation and disability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf performance may be linked to illness, disability, or reduced work capacity, the employer needs to assess the need for workplace adaptation, rehabilitation, and—where relevant—reasonable accessibility measures. A warning must not replace such obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndividual improvement and development plan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a structured plan for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat improvement is required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the result will be measured,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat support the employer is providing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeadlines or timeframes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efollow-up dates and the responsible manager.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf no improvement occurs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the Employment Protection Act (LAS), termination by the employer must be based on objective grounds. If performance continues to be deficient, the employer must conduct a new, comprehensive assessment and, among other things, verify the clarity and reasonableness of the requirements, support measures, whether the deficiencies are lasting, whether workplace adaptation or discrimination issues are relevant, and whether reassignment needs to be explored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNot the same as termination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe document is \u003cstrong\u003enot a notice of termination\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not in itself an automatic disciplinary measure. Any subsequent termination, dismissal, or other intervention must be assessed separately according to LAS, any applicable collective agreements or principal agreements, and the circumstances of the individual case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAcknowledgment of receipt without admission\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employee’s signature only confirms that the document has been received. It does not imply that the employee accepts the employer’s description or assessment. If a signature is refused, a special field is provided to document the handover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is particularly useful in Swedish organizations with international managers, HR functions, or English-speaking employees and is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign labor law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains when the template is appropriate, how to formulate reasonable performance requirements, what facts should be collected, how to document support and competence development, workplace adaptation and discrimination issues, the improvement plan, follow-up, and what needs to be verified if a more serious labor law measure is considered later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/skriftlig-erinran-mall-generell\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you need a broader warning? See also our general template →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow clear must performance requirements be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employer should be able to describe what is expected in an understandable and reasonable manner and demonstrate how the requirements have been communicated. The template is therefore built for both qualitative and quantitative requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the employer provide training or support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the situation. If the deficiency may be due to insufficient onboarding, competence, unclear instructions, or a lack of prerequisites, the employer should assess what reasonable support measures are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if performance is affected by illness or disability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn that case, the employer needs to assess, among other things, workplace adaptation, rehabilitation, and any reasonable accessibility measures before the situation is treated solely as misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used as a notice of termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are covered by separate legal requirements and must be assessed independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a specific employment law matter.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48059570323798,"sku":"7350139912495","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/skriftlig-erinran-bristande-arbetsprestation-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791156206"},{"product_id":"formellt-bestridande-av-faktura-privatperson","title":"Disputing an invoice – Private individual Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice dispute – private individual\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comprehensive consumer law template package for those who wish to protest against an invoice or other payment claim that is entirely or partially incorrect. The package contains Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers current Swedish consumer law, rules regarding debt collection and applications for a payment order, as well as relevant contract and debt law depending on what the invoice concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish dispute template – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for full or partial disputes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish dispute template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice dispute – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA dispute does not automatically invalidate the invoice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA dispute is a clear objection to a payment claim. The important thing is that you \u003cstrong\u003estate in writing that you do not accept the whole or parts of the claim and why\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Swedish Consumer Agency recommends written contact so that you can prove you have protested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is the template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used in many common consumer situations, such as when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eyou have not ordered the product or service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe price or a fee does not match the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eyou have already paid the whole or part of the amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe product or service has not been delivered or is defective,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eyou have withdrawn from, terminated, or cancelled a contract and still receive an invoice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eonly a part of the invoice is incorrect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFull or partial dispute\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new template has separate fields for the invoiced amount, disputed amount, and any undisputed part. If a part of the invoice is correct, it may in some situations be appropriate to pay the undisputed part and clearly state which part is still being disputed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete grounds instead of vague objections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template helps you to specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoice number, date, and amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat was actually agreed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat is wrong with the claim,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious contact with the company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat evidence or documents support your objection,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat you want the company to do – for example, credit the invoice or send a corrected invoice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDefective product or service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn invoice dispute does not always replace a complaint (claim). If the objection is based on a product or service being defective, you should also complain about the defect and state what claim you are asserting. The Consumer Sales Act and the Consumer Services Act may provide rights such as remedy, redelivery, price reduction, cancellation, or the right to withhold payment, depending on the situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDebt collection claims\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the disputed claim is passed on to a collection agency and you still consider it to be incorrect, you must also object to the collection claim. The Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority states that a factually grounded objection could, for example, be that you did not order the product or service, that the delivery does not match the order, or that you have already paid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #f0c7b0;border-radius:12px;background:#fff7f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant regarding the Swedish Enforcement Authority (Kronofogden)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you receive a payment order from the Swedish Enforcement Authority, you must act within the time stated in the letter and lodge an objection there if the claim is still incorrect. A previous dispute to the company or the collection agency does not replace the response to the Swedish Enforcement Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFraudulent invoice or claim without a contract\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have not bought anything from the company, you are not obliged to pay just because an invoice has been sent, according to the Swedish Consumer Agency's guidance. The template contains a specific ground for stating that no valid contract exists. In case of suspected fraud or identity theft, you should also consider reporting it to the police.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable, for example, for English-speaking consumers in Sweden or situations where communication with the company takes place in English. It is not intended as a template according to British, American, or other foreign law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide walks you through how to check the agreement and invoice, full and partial disputes, complaints, payment under protest, debt collection, payment orders from the Swedish Enforcement Authority, fraudulent invoices, ARN (National Board for Consumer Disputes), and what documentation you should save.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust I dispute in writing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is strongly recommended because you can then prove that you protested against the claim and when it happened. E-mail works well in many situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I dispute only a part of the invoice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The template has specific fields for the disputed and undisputed amount so that the extent is clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a debt collection claim automatically result in a payment default?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority states that a collection claim in itself does not result in a payment default. However, you should not ignore it – pay if the claim is correct or object if it is wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it enough that I have already disputed with the company if the Swedish Enforcement Authority gets in touch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must respond to the Swedish Enforcement Authority within the time stated in the letter if you still object to the claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. Which rights and objections apply depends on the agreement, the type of product or service, and the circumstances in the individual case.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48063039111510,"sku":"350139912501","price":29.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/bestridande-faktura-privatperson-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791156990"},{"product_id":"formellt-bestridande-av-faktura-foretag","title":"Disputing an invoice – Company Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice dispute – B2B\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comprehensive B2B package for companies that need to object to an invoice or other payment claim that is wholly or partially incorrect. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides based on Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Sale of Goods Act, the Interest Act, the Debt Enforcement and Rehabilitation Act, the Limitations Act, rules on applications for injunctions to pay, and contract and debt law principles for B2B relationships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish dispute template – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable B2B template for total or partial disputes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish dispute template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice dispute – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eB2B: start with the agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBetween companies, the agreement, the order, the purchase order, and incorporated general terms are often decisive. Consumer legislation does not normally apply in purely B2B relationships. When purchasing movable property, the Sale of Goods Act may be applicable, but it is dispositive and can be opted out of or modified through agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used when the company needs to dispute, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ean invoice without a valid order or from an unauthorized purchaser,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprice, quantity, or hours that deviate from the agreement, quote, or purchase order,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emissing, delayed, or contractually non-compliant delivery,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefective goods or services that have been complained about,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eduplicate invoices or already paid items,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emissing credit, discount, return, or agreed adjustment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincorrect penalty interest, fees, or debt collection costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea fully or partially incorrect payment claim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTotal or partial dispute\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has separate fields for the invoiced amount, disputed amount, and any undisputed portion. This makes it possible to clearly limit the dispute without creating ambiguity regarding the part of the invoice that is actually correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAgreement, PO, and delivery documentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new version is specifically adapted for B2B and helps the company link the objection to framework agreements, purchase orders\/POs, accepted quotes, price lists, delivery notes, timesheets, complaints, quality documentation, and other relevant contractual documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSale of goods and services between companies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor sales of movable property between companies, the Sale of Goods Act may apply when the agreement does not regulate the issue. For services between companies, there is no general law equivalent to the Consumer Services Act. Therefore, the agreement, industry terms, and general contract law principles often carry greater weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment terms and penalty interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Interest Act contains specific rules for payment between traders. As a starting point, a 30-day rule applies to the payment of goods and services unless the creditor has explicitly agreed to a longer payment period. If the due date is determined in advance, penalty interest can normally accrue from the due date. When using the Interest Act levels, the interest is the reference rate plus eight percentage points. However, agreed terms must always be checked first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSet-off and counterclaims\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a specific option to state a counterclaim or set-off objection. Since the conditions for set-off can be complicated, the company should verify that legal requirements are met before leaving an invoice unpaid solely with reference to set-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePrescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor corporate debts, the general limitation period is normally ten years, but limitation interruptions or special rules may affect the assessment. The template therefore has a separate basis for a limitation objection but notes that the underlying facts must be verified before it is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDebt collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the disputed claim proceeds to debt collection, the company should also object to the collection claim and attach the previous dispute. A clear and factually based objection should explain why the claim is incorrect and what documentation supports the company's position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #f0c7b0;border-radius:12px;background:#fff7f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eThe Swedish Enforcement Authority (Kronofogden) – extra important for companies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company receives an application for an injunction to pay (betalningsföreläggande), it must respond to the Swedish Enforcement Authority within the stated time and object there. A previous dispute sent to the supplier or debt collection agency does not replace the response to the Swedish Enforcement Authority. Furthermore, companies may receive a payment default notice from credit reporting agencies as soon as an application for an injunction to pay is registered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDispute resolution and arbitration clause\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways check if the agreement contains a clause regarding general court or arbitration proceedings. For larger amounts, extensive counterclaims, or arbitration clauses, legal advice should be sought early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish companies with international suppliers, customers, purchasing functions, or corporate languages in English and is not intended as a template according to British, American, or other foreign law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers the contractual chain, disputed and undisputed amounts, the Sale of Goods Act, B2B services, payment terms, penalty interest, set-off, limitation, debt collection, the Swedish Enforcement Authority, dispute resolution, and practical documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Consumer Sales Act apply between two companies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, normally not. For sales of movable property between companies, the Sale of Goods Act may be relevant instead, but agreed terms often take precedence since the Sale of Goods Act is dispositive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the company dispute only part of the invoice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The template has separate fields for the disputed and undisputed amounts so that the scope is clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the invoice goes to the Swedish Enforcement Authority?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe company must object to the Swedish Enforcement Authority within the stated time. A previous dispute to the supplier is not sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan an application to the Swedish Enforcement Authority affect the company's credit rating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swedish Enforcement Authority states that companies may receive a payment default notice from credit reporting agencies as soon as an application is received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. For larger or complex B2B disputes, a qualified advisor should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48063048417622,"sku":"350139912518","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/bestridande-faktura-foretag-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791157675"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-erinran-mall-engelska","title":"Written Notice – English Word\/PDF + Swedish Reference + Guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWritten Notice \/ Reprimand – English template under Swedish employment law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-first template package is intended for Swedish employers who need to document misconduct, performance concerns or another work-related deficiency in English. It is designed for workplaces where English is used operationally while the employment relationship remains governed by Swedish law. A Swedish reference version and user guides are included for comparison and internal HR use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe package is structured with reference to the Swedish Employment Protection Act (LAS), discrimination rules, whistleblower protection and relevant work-environment obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnglish Written Notice – Word and PDF,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnglish user guide – Word and PDF,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish reference template – Word and PDF,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish user guide – Word and PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot automatically a disciplinary sanction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA written notice or reprimand should not automatically be treated as a statutory disciplinary penalty. Its practical purpose is to document what has occurred, clarify the employer's expectations, state what must change and create a reliable record of communication and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConcrete facts instead of vague accusations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template encourages the employer to describe dates, events, instructions, expectations and observed deficiencies as concretely as possible. It also provides space for the employee's response and for documenting follow-up measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrection and follow-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document separates the description of the issue from the required corrective action. The employer can specify what is expected, what support or instructions are provided, when follow-up will take place and who is responsible for the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant employment-law safeguards\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore using a warning as part of a later employment-law process, the employer should consider whether the matter may involve illness, disability, workplace adjustment, discrimination, harassment, whistleblowing, protected leave, trade-union rights or shortcomings in the work environment. A later termination or dismissal is a separate legal process with its own requirements and must not be treated as automatic merely because a written notice has been issued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEmployee signature\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used so that a signature confirms receipt rather than agreement with the employer's assessment. If the employee does not sign, the employer can document when and how the notice was delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English + Swedish reference version.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis template is general documentation support and does not replace individual employment-law advice in complex or high-risk cases.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48063289131350,"sku":"0350139912525","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/written-notice-english-swedish-law-product-image-2027.png?v=1791159737"},{"product_id":"skriftlig-varning-till-anstalld-mall-engelska","title":"Written Warning to Employee – English Word\/PDF + Swedish Reference + Guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWritten Warning to Employee – English-first template under Swedish employment law\u003c\/strong\u003e for Swedish employers who need to issue a clear, structured and professionally documented warning in English. The package also includes a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against the Swedish Employment Protection Act (LAS), current discrimination rules, whistleblower protection and the Swedish Work Environment Authority's rules on organisational and social work environment and workplace adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish Written Warning – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable primary template under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish Written Warning – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish User Guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guidance for Swedish employers using English at work.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for internal comparison.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eSwedish reference guide corresponding to the English package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA warning is not automatically a disciplinary sanction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn ordinary written warning or LAS warning is primarily a documentation and clarification tool. Its purpose is to describe the deficiency, explain what must change and, where appropriate, make clear that continued misconduct may have employment-law consequences. It is \u003cstrong\u003enot by itself a notice of termination\u003c\/strong\u003e and should not automatically be described as a disciplinary sanction unless a collective agreement or other specific rules allow that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for English-speaking workplaces in Sweden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English template is intended for Swedish companies where managers, HR teams or employees use English as a working language. It remains a \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish-law document\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not intended for UK, US or other foreign employment-law systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete facts instead of general accusations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes structured sections for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe specific incident, conduct or performance issue,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edates, context and supporting documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe duty, policy, instruction or work requirement concerned,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious meetings, instructions or support measures,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employee's own explanation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe employer's objective assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClear correction requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe employer can define exactly what must change, by when, what support will be provided and how improvement will be followed up. This is preferable to vague phrases such as “improve your attitude” or “perform better”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen employment may be at risk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish Labour Court practice places importance in many misconduct cases on the employee understanding that the employer considers the matter serious and, when relevant, that continued misconduct may affect the employment. The template therefore contains a carefully worded employment-law clarification without suggesting that a future termination has already been decided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIllness, rehabilitation and workplace adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the issue may be connected to illness, reduced work ability or disability, the employer must assess workplace adjustment, rehabilitation and, where relevant, reasonable accessibility measures. A written warning must not replace those obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDiscrimination, harassment and protected activity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the underlying issue involves alleged discrimination, harassment, conflict or degrading treatment, separate investigation or work-environment duties may apply. The employer should also check that the warning is not connected to protected whistleblowing or another legally protected activity. Swedish whistleblower legislation prohibits retaliation against persons who meet the statutory conditions for protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf termination is later considered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written warning does not replace the separate assessment required before termination or dismissal. Under LAS, termination by the employer must be based on objective reasons, and reassignment may need to be considered. Before termination for personal reasons, the employee must normally be notified in advance under section 30 LAS, and the local union must be notified at the same time if the employee is unionised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReceipt does not mean agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template makes clear that the employee's signature confirms receipt only. It does not automatically mean that the employee accepts the employer's description or legal assessment. If the employee refuses to sign, delivery can be documented separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish + Swedish in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is the primary template in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference so that HR, management and advisers can maintain consistent bilingual documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/skriftlig-varning-till-anstalld-mall\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer a Swedish-first package? See the Swedish Written Warning product →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English and Swedish.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many warnings are required before termination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general rule requiring a fixed number of warnings. The assessment depends on the seriousness of the issue, what the employee understood, previous measures and the circumstances as a whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the employee have to sign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A refusal to sign does not prevent the employer from documenting delivery. The template includes wording clarifying that a signature confirms receipt only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the warning be used for performance problems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the expectations have been reasonable and sufficiently clear and the employer also considers whether training, support, workplace adjustment or other measures are relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this template be used as a termination notice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Termination and dismissal are subject to separate legal requirements and require their own process and documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice in a specific employment-law matter.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48063307284822,"sku":"7350139912532","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/written-warning-employee-english-swedish-law-product-image-2027.png?v=1791160948"},{"product_id":"mall-villkorat-aktieagartillskott-tillskottshandling","title":"Conditional shareholder contribution – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConditional shareholder contribution – complete contribution document for Swedish limited liability companies (aktiebolag)\u003c\/strong\u003e including Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides. The package is designed for situations where an owner wishes to strengthen the company's equity while retaining a conditional possibility for future repayment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Swedish Companies Act's regulations regarding value transfers and profit distributions, current guidance from the Swedish Tax Agency, the Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket), and the Swedish Accounting Standards Board, as well as relevant case law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish contribution document – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template with conditions for future repayment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish contribution document – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConditional Shareholder Contribution – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF with a practical example.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA conditional contribution is not the same as a loan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new template is explicitly designed so that the contribution strengthens the company's equity. \u003cstrong\u003eThe company does not undertake an unconditional repayment obligation through the contribution document itself.\u003c\/strong\u003e Instead, the repayment condition is directed at the shareholders and is based on their commitment to act and vote for repayment when legally permissible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this structure is important\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency’s guidance states that the actual agreement is of great importance. If a repayment claim is directed at the company instead of the shareholders, the transfer may instead be characterized as debt. The template is therefore built to clearly distinguish the conditional shareholder contribution from a standard loan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe company and the contributor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContribution amount, payment date, and method of payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConditions for future repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRequirement for a legal general meeting resolution prior to repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePriority between multiple conditional shareholder contributions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAssignment of the repayment right,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompany confirmation of receipt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eJoinder of other shareholders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBoard\/accounting reference,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGoverning law, dispute resolution, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRepayment requires more than just company funds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRepayment of a conditional shareholder contribution is treated under civil law as a profit distribution\/value transfer. This means, among other things, that the company must have distributable funds, that the protection for restricted equity and the prudence rule must be satisfied, and that the general meeting must pass a valid resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConsequently, there is no automatic right to demand repayment on a specific date simply because the contribution was made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePriority between multiple contributions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company already has one or more conditional shareholder contributions, the order of priority needs to be documented. The template includes options for equal priority, subordinated priority, and other expressly agreed-upon arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssignment of the repayment right\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe right to future repayment may need to be handled separately from the shares themselves, for example during a share sale. The template therefore includes a specific section on assignment and consent, as well as guidance on how changes in ownership should be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccounting and tax\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe regulations of the Swedish Accounting Standards Board state that received shareholder contributions are reported as unrestricted equity. For the contributor, the accounting and tax treatment may differ from an unconditional contribution. The Swedish Tax Agency, among other things, treats the right of repayment separately when calculating capital gains. For larger amounts, group relationships, or changes in ownership, accounting and tax advice should be sought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInterest – important difference from a loan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard template contains no ongoing interest before a future repayment resolution. The Swedish Tax Agency's guidance indicates that the company does not have a debt-like obligation toward the contributor before the general meeting has decided on repayment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and is suitable for, for example, Swedish companies with international owners, board members, or English as their corporate language. It is not intended as a template according to British, American, or other foreign corporate law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains the difference between a conditional contribution and a loan, how to fill out the template, why the condition is directed at the shareholders, how future repayment works, priority, interest, accounting, tax, changes in ownership, and common mistakes. A concrete example of partial future repayment is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-ovillkorat-aktieagartillskott-tillskottshandling\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the contribution not need to be repayable? See also the template for unconditional shareholder contributions →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the company promise repayment on a specific date?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis should not be done in a standard document for a conditional shareholder contribution. An unconditional maturity date and direct repayment obligation can change the structure into a loan\/debt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust other shareholders sign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the repayment condition to have the intended effect, relevant shareholders should accept the condition. The template therefore includes a specific joinder section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the repayment right be sold separately from the shares?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Swedish Tax Agency's guidance assumes that the right to repayment can be assigned separately. The assignment and who the rightful holder is should be clearly documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan repayment be made as soon as the company makes a profit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. The corporate law requirements for distributable funds, capital protection, prudence, and a valid general meeting resolution must first be met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal, accounting, or tax advice. In the case of multiple owners, multiple contributions, group structures, capital deficits, or larger amounts, a qualified advisor should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48071519666518,"sku":"7350139912549","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/villkorat-aktieagartillskott-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791161839"},{"product_id":"conditional-shareholder-contribution-template-english-template","title":"Conditional Shareholder Contribution – English Word\/PDF + Swedish Reference + Guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConditional Shareholder Contribution – English-first template under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e for Swedish limited companies that need to document a shareholder contribution which strengthens equity while preserving a conditional right to future repayment. The package also includes a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against Swedish corporate-law rules on value transfers and distributions, current guidance from the Swedish Tax Agency and Accounting Standards Board, and relevant case law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish template – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable conditional shareholder contribution agreement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version of the same document.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed guidance with examples and repayment logic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for bilingual organisations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eSwedish reference guide corresponding to the English version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eNot the same as a shareholder loan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is deliberately structured so that the contribution strengthens the company's equity. \u003cstrong\u003eThe company does not undertake an unconditional repayment debt when the contribution is made.\u003c\/strong\u003e Instead, the repayment condition is directed toward the shareholders and depends on a future lawful resolution when repayment is legally possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the structure matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish Tax Agency guidance makes clear that the actual repayment terms are crucial. If the repayment claim is directed against the company as an unconditional debt, the transaction may instead be treated as a liability rather than a conditional shareholder contribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe template covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany and contributor details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtribution amount and payment details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econditions for future repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erequirement for a lawful future general-meeting resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epriority between several conditional shareholder contributions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer of the repayment right,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany acknowledgement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccession\/acceptance by other shareholders where relevant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoverning law, dispute clause and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRepayment requires more than available cash\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder Swedish law, repayment of a conditional shareholder contribution is treated civilly as a distribution\/value transfer. This means that distributable reserves must be available, the capital-protection and prudence rules must be satisfied, and the general meeting must make a valid decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is therefore no automatic right to repayment on a predetermined date merely because the contribution has been made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePriority between several contributions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company already has one or more conditional shareholder contributions, the order of priority should be documented. The template provides options for equal priority, subordinated priority and another expressly agreed ranking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTransfer of the repayment right\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe right to future repayment may need to be handled separately from the shares, for example in connection with a share sale. The package therefore includes a specific section on transfer and consent, together with guidance on documenting ownership changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccounting and tax considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish accounting guidance treats received shareholder contributions as equity. For the contributor, accounting and tax treatment may differ from an unconditional contribution. The Swedish Tax Agency also treats the repayment right separately in capital-gains calculations. Larger contributions, group structures and ownership changes may justify separate legal, accounting and tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInterest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard template does not provide for running interest before a future repayment decision. Swedish Tax Agency guidance states that the company does not have a debt-like obligation toward the contributor until the general meeting has decided on repayment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish + Swedish in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is the primary document in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference for Swedish boards, accountants, advisers and bilingual ownership structures. Both versions are designed for \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, not UK, US or other foreign company law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides explain the difference between a conditional shareholder contribution and a loan, how the template is completed, why the repayment condition is directed toward shareholders, how future repayment works, priority, transferability, accounting, tax, ownership changes and common mistakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-villkorat-aktieagartillskott-tillskottshandling\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer a Swedish-first package? See the Swedish product →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English and Swedish.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the company promise repayment on a fixed date?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat should generally be avoided in a standard conditional shareholder contribution. An unconditional due date and direct repayment obligation can make the arrangement resemble a loan or debt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the other shareholders need to accept the condition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the repayment condition is intended to bind future shareholder voting, the relevant shareholders should accept the arrangement. The template includes a dedicated accession\/acceptance section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the repayment right be transferred separately from the shares?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Swedish Tax Agency guidance recognises separate transfer of the repayment right, so the transfer should be documented clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan repayment be made as soon as the company is profitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. The requirements for distributable reserves, capital protection, prudence and a lawful general-meeting resolution must first be satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal, accounting or tax advice. More complex ownership structures, multiple contributions or larger amounts may require professional review.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48071632126294,"sku":"7350139912556","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/conditional-shareholder-contribution-english-product-image-2027.png?v=1791162312"},{"product_id":"mall-ovillkorat-aktieagartillskott-tillskottshandling","title":"Unconditional shareholder contribution – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnconditional shareholder contribution – complete contribution document for Swedish limited companies\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides. The package is designed for situations where a shareholder wishes to strengthen the company's equity permanently without creating a debt or retaining the right to future repayment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review includes current guidance from the Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket), the Accounting Standards Board's rules on shareholder contributions, and the Swedish Companies Registration Office's (Bolagsverket) information on registration and share capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish contribution document – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for an unconditional shareholder contribution.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish contribution document – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnconditional Shareholder Contribution – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF with a practical example.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eUnconditional means no right to repayment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn unconditional shareholder contribution is provided \u003cstrong\u003ewithout any requirement for repayment\u003c\/strong\u003e. The contributor does not acquire a claim against the company, nor does the contribution document create interest or a due date. This is the key difference compared to a conditional shareholder contribution and a loan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for Swedish limited companies where an existing shareholder wants to strengthen the company's financial position permanently, for example in cases of capital deficiency, financing of operations, or ahead of investments and credit assessments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe company and the contributor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtribution amount and date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emethod of payment or other form of contribution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexplicit waiver of any right to repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfirmation that no interest, amortization, or security is created,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccounting and documentation intent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe company's acknowledgement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapplicable law, dispute resolution, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStrengthens equity – but does not automatically change share capital\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency describes unconditional shareholder contributions as pure capital injections without repayment obligations. The Accounting Standards Board states that received shareholder contributions are recognized as an increase in retained earnings. The contribution does not, however, automatically increase the company's registered share capital and does not in itself imply the issuance of new shares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo registration of the contribution itself with the Swedish Companies Registration Office\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket) does not register the shareholder contribution itself. If the company later wishes to transfer funds from unrestricted equity to share capital, a bonus issue, for example, may be a separate corporate law measure requiring its own decisions and registration requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGeneral tax principle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency states that an unconditional shareholder contribution is generally not taxable income for the recipient company. The contributor generally has no ongoing right of deduction, but the amount may as a rule be added to the acquisition cost of the shares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBFNAR 2025:2 states that a received shareholder contribution shall be recognized as an increase in the item \"retained earnings\" when the commitment is received. For companies providing shareholder contributions and applying the K2 framework, the rules state that the contribution increases the carrying amount of the shares when the commitment is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWaiver of claims and other forms of contributions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be adapted for cash contributions or the waiver\/conversion of a claim. In the event of a waiver of a claim, non-cash property, group relations, or other more complex transactions, specific valuation, accounting, and tax issues may arise, and separate advice may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf only one of several shareholders provides a contribution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn unconditional contribution may increase the value of all shares in the company. If the contribution is provided disproportionately by only one of several shareholders, shareholder agreements, ownership balances, and potential tax consequences should be reviewed before the document is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCapital deficiency and control balance sheet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn unconditional shareholder contribution can strengthen the company's equity, but it does not replace the board's obligation to independently assess whether the rules regarding a control balance sheet have been triggered. If there is reason to assume a capital deficiency, that issue must be handled without delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and is suitable for Swedish companies with international owners, board members, or an English corporate language. It is not intended as a template according to British, American, or other foreign corporate law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains the difference between unconditional contributions, conditional contributions, and loans, how to fill out the template, accounting, taxes, the Swedish Companies Registration Office, capital deficiency, waiver of claims, and common mistakes. A concrete example is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/mall-villkorat-aktieagartillskott-tillskottshandling\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you want to retain the possibility of future repayment? See the template for a conditional shareholder contribution →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get back an unconditional shareholder contribution?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot as a repayment according to the contribution document. An unconditional contribution is provided without any right to repayment. Any potential future dividend or other value transfer is assessed separately according to the Companies Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the contribution increase the company's registered share capital?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The contribution strengthens equity but does not in itself change the registered share capital or the number of shares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the shareholder contribution be registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Swedish Companies Registration Office explicitly states that the shareholder contribution itself is not registered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the contribution be provided by a shareholder waiving a claim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but accounting, valuation, and taxes can be more complex than with a cash contribution. Separate documentation and advice may therefore be appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal, accounting, or tax advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48071766638934,"sku":"7350139912563","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/ovillkorat-aktieagartillskott-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791163291"},{"product_id":"enkelt-skuldebrev-mall-juridiskt-bindande","title":"Simple promissory note – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Promissory Note – complete template package for loans under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides. The package is designed to document a loan to a specific creditor with clear terms regarding the principal amount, repayment, interest, late payment, assignment, and any collateral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Promissory Notes Act, the Interest Act, the Statute of Limitations Act, the Contracts Act, and specific consumer credit regulations where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish simple promissory note – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for private and commercial loans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish simple promissory note – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Promissory Note – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eWhat is a simple promissory note?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA simple promissory note is issued to a \u003cstrong\u003especific creditor\u003c\/strong\u003e. It differs from a negotiable promissory note and is subject to different rules regarding, for example, assignment. This new template is therefore specifically designed for a clear loan between identified parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecreditor\/lender and debtor\/borrower,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprincipal amount and actual disbursement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed due date, amortization schedule, or repayment upon demand,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einterest-free loan or agreed standard interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epenalty interest and handling of late payments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eearly repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional clause for early acceleration (default),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate handling of collateral or guarantees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment of claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment details, notices, and documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echoice of law, dispute resolution, and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIntegrated amortization schedule\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a table for amortizations specifying the due date, principal, interest\/fees, and total payment. This makes it easier to document a loan that is to be repaid in multiple installments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInterest and penalty interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can choose between an interest-free loan and an agreed annual interest rate. For late payments, there is a clear option to use the Interest Act’s standard rule of the reference rate plus eight percentage points, while the template also allows for other valid terms where permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly repayment and early acceleration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template makes it possible to allow the borrower to repay all or part of the debt early. A separate, optional clause regarding early acceleration (default) is included for significant payment delays, but it is worded cautiously as mandatory regulations may limit how such a clause can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssignment of a simple promissory note\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen assigning a simple promissory note, the new creditor does not, as a general rule, acquire better rights against the debtor than the previous creditor had. The template therefore includes options for free assignment or requirements for the debtor's consent, as well as guidance on written notification and new payment instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCollateral and guarantees kept legally separate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the loan is to be secured by collateral or personal guarantees, this is marked in the promissory note, but the security itself should be documented in a separate pledge or guarantee agreement. This reduces the risk of ambiguity regarding the scope of the security and when it may be claimed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStatute of limitations and evidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains the central limitation rules and why the parties should save the signed promissory note, proof of payment, amortization history, payment demands, and any acknowledgments. Different limitation periods may apply to ordinary claims versus consumer claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #f0c7b0;border-radius:12px;background:#fff7f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant regarding loans from traders to consumers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis template is primarily intended for private and commercial loans. If a trader provides credit to a consumer, mandatory consumer credit regulations may require, among other things, specific pre-contractual information, credit assessment, and more extensive contractual documentation. Therefore, do not use the standard promissory note as the sole document in such lending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLoans between limited companies and owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf a limited company lends money to a shareholder, board member, CEO, or related party, the Swedish Companies Act's specific rules regarding prohibited loans may apply. This issue must be checked separately before the promissory note is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish businesses or private individuals who need to document the loan in English. It is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign promissory note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers the difference between simple and negotiable promissory notes, payment receipts, amortization, interest, penalty interest, early repayment, security, assignment, statute of limitations, applications for summary proceedings (betalningsföreläggande), consumer credit, and loans between companies and owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a simple promissory note need to be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWitnesses are generally not a formal requirement for an ordinary simple promissory note, but the template includes optional witness lines that can be used if the parties desire additional evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the promissory note be interest-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The template has an explicit option for an interest-free loan. If interest is to be charged, the interest rate, calculation basis, and payment terms should be clearly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the lender sell or assign the claim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a simple claim can normally be assigned, but the parties can agree on restrictions. The template includes both options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the template sufficient for a company's consumer loan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot always. Professional lending to consumers is subject to specific mandatory rules and may require additional documentation and controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation support tool and does not replace individual legal, tax, or credit law advice. In cases involving large amounts, collateral, consumer credit, or loans between companies and related parties, qualified professional advice should be sought.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48072242757974,"sku":"7350139912570","price":29.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/enkelt-skuldebrev-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791164512"},{"product_id":"framtidsfullmakt-mall-juridiskt-bindande","title":"Enduring Power of Attorney – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuing power of attorney – complete template package according to Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides. The package is designed for you who wish to decide in advance who should be able to represent you in financial and personal matters if you are later no longer able to handle them yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Swedish Act on Continuing Powers of Attorney, applicable witness rules, rules on examiners, conflicts of interest, gifts, remuneration, activation, and electronic signatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish continuing power of attorney – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable master template with financial and personal authorizations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish continuing power of attorney – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuture Power of Attorney – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eTwo witnesses required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe principal must sign or acknowledge their signature in the \u003cstrong\u003esimultaneous presence of two qualified witnesses\u003c\/strong\u003e. The witnesses must be aware that the document is a continuing power of attorney and confirm it themselves with their signatures. The template includes a ready-made witness certificate and specific witness fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElectronic signature supported\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFollowing the latest legislative amendment, a continuing power of attorney can also be established electronically. In that case, the principal and both witnesses must use \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced electronic signatures\u003c\/strong\u003e. The requirement for the simultaneous presence of two witnesses still remains. The guide explains how this differs from regular simple e-signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat can the continuing power of attorney cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template allows you to choose and specify, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebanking matters, payments, and day-to-day finances,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etaxes, tax returns, and contact with authorities,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epensions, insurance, and compensation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtracts, claims, and debts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurities and other financial assets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadministration, sale, purchase, or mortgaging of real estate when this is explicitly stated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadministration, sale, purchase, or mortgaging of a cooperative apartment (bostadsrätt) when this is explicitly stated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematters regarding housing, social care, and personal interests,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother specifically stated financial or personal matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat may not be included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA continuing power of attorney may not grant the attorney the right to make decisions regarding health care or dental care. It also cannot be used for strictly personal legal acts that only the principal can perform, such as drafting a will or entering into marriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen does the power of attorney take effect?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main rule is that the attorney assesses when the principal, due to illness, mental disorder, weakened health, or similar, is permanently and essentially no longer able to manage the matters the power of attorney concerns. The template also contains an option to choose that the \u003cstrong\u003edistrict court shall always examine the activation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubstitutes if the attorney cannot act\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains fields for a primary attorney and up to two substitutes. This makes it possible to determine from the outset who shall step in if the first person passes away, resigns from the assignment, or is permanently unable to perform it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExaminer and control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can appoint a special examiner who has the right to request an accounting of the attorney's work. The template also includes an option to grant the examiner the right to revoke the continuing power of attorney and the possibility to specify regular accounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGifts and remuneration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains clear choices for whether gifts shall be prohibited, limited to customary personal presents, or permitted according to specific instructions. You can also decide whether the attorney shall work without remuneration, receive reasonable remuneration, or receive a predetermined remuneration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConflicts of interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe attorney may not represent the principal in a matter where the attorney themselves or certain related parties have conflicting interests. The template and guide explain this limitation and when a guardian (god man) might need to be appointed for a specific matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal estate and cooperative apartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the attorney shall be able to sell, purchase, or mortgage real property or a cooperative apartment, that authorization should be stated explicitly. Therefore, the template contains specific choices and fields for objects, property designation, and limitations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish families and businesses where the principal, attorney, bank, or advisor needs an English-language document. It is not intended as a foreign power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide reviews formal requirements, witness rules, when the power of attorney takes effect, electronic signatures, examiners, gifts, remuneration, conflicts of interest, real estate matters, storage, amendment, and revocation, as well as common mistakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust a continuing power of attorney be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Two qualified witnesses must be present at the same time and confirm the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the continuing power of attorney be signed digitally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the principal and both witnesses use advanced electronic signatures and other formal requirements are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the attorney sell my home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be included, but the authorization should be stated explicitly and preferably specified in the power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the attorney make decisions about my medical care?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Medical decisions regarding health care and dental care fall outside the scope allowed for a continuing power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the continuing power of attorney registered automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The creation itself does not mean the document is registered in any public registry. Storage and access to the original are therefore important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation support tool and does not replace individual legal advice. In the case of significant assets, business holdings, real estate transactions, complicated family situations, or international connections, a lawyer should be consulted.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48082102518102,"sku":"7350139912587","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/framtidsfullmakt-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791165358"},{"product_id":"fakturamall-privatperson","title":"Invoice \/ payment documentation for private individuals – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice \/ payment documentation for private individuals\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete digital template package for private sales, occasional payment demands, and other situations where you want to document what is to be paid. The package contains Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and tax reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers current Swedish regulations regarding invoicing, VAT, compensation for work, tax deductions, employer contributions, F-\/A-tax, and penalty interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish invoice \/ payment documentation – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template for private payment demands.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice \/ Payment Request – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eAn invoice template does not automatically make you a business owner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsing an invoice template does not create F-tax status, VAT registration, or the right to charge VAT. The new version therefore clearly distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003eprivate sales of personal assets\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecompensation for work or assignments\u003c\/strong\u003e, and activities that may in practice constitute a hobby or business operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable when, for example, a private individual wants to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea sale of a private item or other personal asset,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea single private payment demand,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea temporary agreement where the parties need clear payment documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea demand where the buyer, amount, payment terms, and bank details need to be clearly stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNot a standard business invoice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is deliberately designed as an \u003cstrong\u003einvoice \/ payment document\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you conduct taxable economic activity, are VAT registered, or need to issue full VAT invoices, you should use a business-adapted invoice template containing all mandatory information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template contains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocument\/invoice number, invoice date, and due date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseller\/payee and buyer\/payer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especification of goods or services, quantity, unit price, and total amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate choices for private sales, VAT-exempt economic activity, and VAT-registered sales,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubtotal, VAT, adjustments, and total to pay,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebank account, Bankgiro\/Plusgiro, IBAN, and BIC\/SWIFT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epenalty interest and payment terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecomments and attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVAT – avoid the most common mistake\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor purely private sales of personal assets, you should normally not add VAT simply because the document is called an invoice. However, if you conduct economic activity, VAT regulations may apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency’s current regulations state that a taxable seller covered by the exemption for low annual turnover (maximum SEK 120,000) should not charge VAT and should state that the sale is exempt from VAT pursuant to Chapter 18, Section 4 of the Value Added Tax Act. The template and guide help you distinguish this situation from ordinary private sales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf the payment concerns work or a service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the payee and the payer need to be careful here. If a company pays compensation for work to a person with A-tax, the company may need to handle tax deductions and employer contributions. An invoice from the private individual does not automatically shift that responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEven between private individuals, there are specific monetary limits and reporting rules when the compensation concerns work. The included guide explains the difference between private sales, service income, hobby, business operation, and self-employment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePrivate sales of personal items\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional sales of personal assets, such as used furniture, clothing, or other property you have had for private use, specific tax rules apply. The Swedish Tax Agency states that the portion of the year’s total profit on personal assets exceeding SEK 50,000 is taxed as capital income.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePenalty interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a separate field for agreed penalty interest or reference to the Interest Act. The Interest Act’s standard rule implies, where relevant, the reference rate plus eight percentage points, but when interest may begin to accrue depends on how the due date was determined and other circumstances. The guide explains this so that a standard phrase is not used thoughtlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable when a buyer or payee needs an English-language document, but the transaction should still be assessed according to Swedish rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide walks you through the following step-by-step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprivate sales versus work\/assignments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehobby versus business operation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eF-tax and A-tax,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployer contributions and tax deductions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT and the limit for VAT-exempt economic activity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat information should be included in the payment document,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date and penalty interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epartial payment, receipts, and proof of payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat you can do if payment is not received.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/faktura-mall-gratis-dokumentmall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you run a business? See also our business-adapted invoice template →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice:\u003c\/strong\u003e free.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a private individual send an invoice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA private individual can document a payment demand, but the document's heading does not determine how the income is taxed or who handles taxes and fees. That depends on what the payment actually concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAm I allowed to add VAT?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot just because you are using an invoice template. If you are selling personal property as a private individual, you should normally not charge VAT. For economic activities, VAT rules must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I state that I have F-tax?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you are actually approved for F-tax. Otherwise, this information should not be on the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the template for work done for a company?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful as payment documentation, but the company may still have an obligation to make tax deductions and pay employer contributions if you have A-tax. Check the rules before payment is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual tax, VAT, or legal advice. For recurring sales, assignments for companies, or larger amounts, the Swedish Tax Agency's current rules should be checked specifically.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48094761320790,"sku":"7350139912594","price":29.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/faktura-privatperson-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791166326"},{"product_id":"faktura-mall-gratis-dokumentmall-word-pdf","title":"Invoice template company – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice template for companies\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete, free template package for Swedish companies wanting to create clear and professional customer invoices with the correct basic information. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and tax-reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the invoice requirements of the Value Added Tax Act, accounting regulations, specific details for limited companies, as well as rules regarding payment terms and late payment interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish invoice template – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable, complete company invoice.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish invoice template – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInvoice Template – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eBuilt for a complete invoice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Value Added Tax Act specifies the information a complete invoice must contain. The new template therefore has dedicated fields for the invoice date, unique sequential number, VAT number, buyer and seller, delivery\/performance date, a concrete description of the goods or services, taxable base, discounts, tax rate, and tax amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template contains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoice number, invoice date, and due date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery\/performance date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecurrency, customer reference, and PO\/purchase order,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseller's company name, organization number, address, and VAT number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebuyer's full name, address, and VAT number when required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equantity\/type of goods or scope\/type of service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunit price excluding VAT, discount, and taxable base,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate fields for 25%, 12%, and 6% VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT amount and total amount payable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBankgiro\/Plusgiro, account, IBAN, and BIC\/SWIFT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment terms and late payment interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especific VAT references and internal checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecific details for limited companies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA Swedish limited company's invoices must contain the registered company name, the municipality where the board of directors has its registered office, and the organization number. The new template therefore has separate fields for this information so it is not missed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMultiple tax rates on the same invoice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf different goods or services are subject to different tax rates, the taxable base must be reported per tax rate. The template contains separate summations for 25, 12, and 6 percent. The applicable tax rate depends on what is actually being sold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs of April 1, 2026, for example, groceries are normally 6 percent, while restaurant services continue to be subject to 12 percent. Therefore, the correct VAT category should always be verified for the specific sale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompanies with low annual turnover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompanies based in Sweden may, under certain conditions, be covered by the exemption from VAT liability when the annual turnover is no more than SEK 120,000 during the calendar year and has not exceeded the limit during any of the two preceding calendar years. When the exemption applies, VAT must not be charged on the covered transactions, and the invoice must contain information that the sale is exempt according to Chapter 18, Section 4 of the Value Added Tax Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReverse charge and special cases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains optional lines for, e.g., \u003cstrong\u003ereverse charge\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eself-billing\u003c\/strong\u003e, and VAT-exempt sales. These texts should not be used as standard – only when the specific transaction is actually covered by that rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment terms and late payment interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can specify both agreed payment terms and late payment interest. When the standard rule of the Interest Act applies, the late payment interest is calculated using the reference rate plus eight percentage points. When the interest begins to accrue depends, among other things, on how the due date was determined and what the parties have agreed upon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccounting and archiving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvoices are normally accounting information. The Swedish Accounting Standards Board (Bokföringsnämnden) states that accounting information must be saved for seven years after the end of the calendar year in which the financial year ended. The guide also explains how customer invoices should be handled and saved in the company's accounting routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish version under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English invoice template is a \u003cstrong\u003elanguage version under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish companies that work with international customers or use English as a corporate or working language. It is not intended as a British, American, or other foreign tax invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers complete and simplified invoices, mandatory information, limited company details, tax rates, low annual turnover, EU trade, reverse charge, payment terms, late payment interest, accounting, archiving, and common mistakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/fakturamall-privatperson\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre you a private individual? See our invoice\/payment document for private individuals instead →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile format and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice:\u003c\/strong\u003e free.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat information must be included on a regular company invoice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete invoice must, among other things, include the invoice date, a unique sequential number, the seller's VAT number, the names and addresses of the parties, a concrete description of the delivery, the taxable base, the applied tax rate, and the VAT amount. Special cases may require additional information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the same invoice number multiple times?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A complete invoice must have a unique sequential number based on one or more series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used if the company is exempt from VAT liability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In that case, remove the VAT amounts and use only the specific reference regarding the exemption when the conditions are actually met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the template for EU invoices?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn principle, it can be used, but cross-border sales may require verification of the VAT number, country of taxation, and special references. The guide therefore notes that these situations should be checked separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general invoicing aid and does not replace individual VAT, tax, or accounting advice. Special cases such as EU trade, construction services, profit margin taxation, and credit notes should always be checked against the Swedish Tax Agency's (Skatteverket) current rules.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48095593595222,"sku":"7350139912617","price":0.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/fakturamall-foretag-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791168189"},{"product_id":"samboavtal-mall-word-pdf","title":"Cohabitation Agreement Template – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #d8e3e7;background:#f6fafb;border-radius:12px;padding:18px 20px;margin:0 0 24px;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 8px;font-size:18px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCohabitation agreement template – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish and English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003eEditable Word template, ready-to-use PDF version, and separate user guides for cohabitants or future cohabitants who want to decide whether the Swedish Cohabitation Act's rules on the division of property should apply in full, not at all, or with clearly specified exceptions. The English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – not an agreement under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCohabitation agreement according to Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cohabitation agreement is used to determine how \u003cstrong\u003ecohabitation property\u003c\/strong\u003e (samboegendom) should be treated in a future division of property. According to the Cohabitation Act (2003:376), cohabitation property mainly consists of the cohabitants' joint home and household goods acquired for joint use. Cohabitants or future cohabitants can agree in writing that a division of property should not take place or that certain property should not be included in the division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis template is structured to make that distinction clear. It explicitly distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003eownership rights\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eright to division of property\u003c\/strong\u003e: a cohabitation agreement does not automatically transfer ownership of a home or other property, does not in itself create a debt between the parties, and does not replace a will, promissory note, co-ownership agreement, or prenuptial agreement when such documents are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border-left:4px solid #2f817f;background:#eef7f6;padding:14px 16px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cstrong\u003eImportant to know\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:7px 0 0;\"\u003eThe Cohabitation Act requires that the cohabitation agreement be in writing and signed by both cohabitants or future cohabitants. The law imposes no formal requirement for witnessing, and cohabitation agreements are generally not registered with any authority. Witnesses can be used voluntarily as evidence, but this is not a prerequisite under Section 9 of the Cohabitation Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included – 8 ready-to-use files\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:12px 0 24px;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\n      \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;background:#173a5e;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n      \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;background:#173a5e;color:#fff;\"\u003eLanguage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n      \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;background:#173a5e;color:#fff;\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eCohabitation agreement – main template\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eUser guide for the cohabitation agreement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eCohabitation Agreement – Swedish law\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eUser Guide – Cohabitation Agreement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d7dee2;padding:10px;\"\u003eDOCX + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Word files are editable so the parties can customize names, personal information, property descriptions, and the chosen agreement option. The PDF files provide a stable reference version, and the guides explain how to use the template, which legal issues fall outside the scope of the agreement, and what should be checked before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree clear agreement options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Opting out of the division of property under the Cohabitation Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cohabitants who do not want their cohabitation property to be divided through a division of property according to the general rules of the Cohabitation Act. This does not change ownership rights; each party's ownership must still be assessed according to standard civil law rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Excluding specific property\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cohabitants who want to allow the Cohabitation Act's division rules to apply otherwise but wish to exclude clearly identified property. The template includes an annex where, for example, a specific tenant-owned apartment or other relevant property can be described as precisely as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Defining a clearly specified property category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor situations where the parties want to make a more limited exception. The description must be sufficiently clear to determine which property is covered after the fact. In cases of complex arrangements or high values, individual legal advice should be sought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen is this template suitable?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended as general documentation support for cohabitants and future cohabitants under Swedish law, for example when the parties want to create clarity ahead of a home purchase, moving in together, or changing financial circumstances. It can be used both when the parties want to opt out of the division of property entirely and when only certain cohabitation property is to be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is it not sufficient on its own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cohabitation agreement does not resolve all financial matters between cohabitants. Supplemental documents may be needed if, for example, the parties have different down payments, private loans between them, specific ownership stakes, complex joint ownership, business assets, or wishes regarding inheritance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent down payments:\u003c\/strong\u003e a separate promissory note may be needed to document a claim between the cohabitants. See our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/olika-kontantinsats-sambo-skuldebrev-samboavtal-2026-2027\"\u003especialized package for different down payments, promissory notes, and cohabitation agreements\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAfter separation:\u003c\/strong\u003e if the cohabitation relationship has already ended and property is to be divided, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bodelning-sambo-mall-bodelningsavtal-sambo-word-pdf-excel\"\u003edivision of property agreement for cohabitants\u003c\/a\u003e may be more relevant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-first:\u003c\/strong\u003e for those who prefer an English-language product page, we also offer the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/samboavtal-mall-engelska-cohabitation-agreement-swedish-law\"\u003eCohabitation Agreement (Swedish Law)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCohabitation property – what exactly is covered?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cohabitation Act does not automatically cover all property owned by cohabitants. The core is the joint home and joint household goods acquired for joint use. For example, savings, securities, and cars are normally excluded from the division of property under the Cohabitation Act. For a home, the \u003cstrong\u003eintent at the time of acquisition\u003c\/strong\u003e is central.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA home that one person already owned and used before the cohabitation relationship began is therefore often not cohabitation property, as it was not acquired for joint use. However, the timing alone does not decide everything. If a home is acquired with the intent that it should become the couple's joint home, the assessment may be different. Therefore, the guide contains specific guidance on how the home should be described and when legal advice is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOwnership rights and the division of property are two different issues\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is one of the most important differences in the entire package. A cohabitation agreement regulates the extent to which the Cohabitation Act's division rules should be applied. It does not automatically determine who legally owns a home, what ownership stake someone has, or if one cohabitant owes the other money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf, for example, two cohabitants own a home 50\/50 but have paid different amounts for the down payment, they first need to decide what economic outcome they actually want to achieve. In many such situations, cohabitation agreements are used together with promissory notes. The general cohabitation agreement template is therefore intentionally not designed as a copy of our special package for different down payments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat happens if the cohabitants get married later?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cohabitation relationship in the sense of the Cohabitation Act ends when the cohabitants marry each other. The cohabitation agreement does not automatically become a prenuptial agreement. If the parties want to regulate what should be separate property after the marriage, they need to assess whether a prenuptial agreement should be drawn up according to the rules for spouses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision of property and the deadline after separation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the cohabitation relationship ends for reasons other than the cohabitants marrying each other, a division of property can occur if either cohabitant requests it. As a general rule, the request must be made within one year of the cohabitation relationship ending. The Supreme Court has emphasized that the Cohabitation Act's criteria for when a cohabitation relationship is considered to have ended must be applied strictly; it is not always sufficient that the parties simply say the relationship is over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is an agreement for the time before a potential division of property. It does not replace a property division agreement (bodelningsavtal) that is drawn up when property is actually to be distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecial rights may exist despite a cohabitation agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cohabitation Act contains, among other things, special rules regarding the taking over of a joint home in certain situations and rules regarding consent for certain dispositions. A cohabitation agreement should therefore not be read as if all other provisions in the Cohabitation Act have automatically been opted out of. The guide highlights this as a specific checklist item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWills and inheritance – a separate issue\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCohabitants do not inherit from each other according to the legal order of succession. A cohabitation agreement is not a will and cannot be used to give the other cohabitant inheritance rights. If the parties want to protect each other in the event of death, they need to consider a separate will and simultaneously take into account, for example, children's right to their legal portion (laglott).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the template\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eRead the user guide before you begin editing the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFill in the full details of both parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eChoose a primary option and remove the alternatives that will not be used in the final version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDescribe any excluded property clearly enough so that it can be identified later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck if a promissory note, will, or other separate document is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePrint or finalize the final version and have both parties sign the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSave a copy each, along with relevant annexes and documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon mistakes the guide helps you avoid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ethinking that the cohabitation agreement automatically changes ownership stakes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003etrying to create a debt through the cohabitation agreement instead of through a promissory note,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003emixing in testamentary provisions in the cohabitation agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eleaving unclear wording regarding which property is to be excluded,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eassuming that everything bought during the cohabitation relationship is cohabitation property,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003emissing that a later marriage requires a new assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003econfusing a cohabitation agreement with a division of property agreement after separation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about cohabitation agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMust a cohabitation agreement be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, witnessing is not a formal requirement under Section 9 of the Cohabitation Act. Both parties must, however, sign the written document. The template has an optional witness section for those who wish to use it as extra evidentiary support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the cohabitation agreement be registered with the Swedish Tax Agency or other authority?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Cohabitation agreements do not have a registration procedure equivalent to, for example, prenuptial agreements. The parties should instead store signed copies and relevant annexes in a secure manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan we just exclude a certain home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Cohabitation Act allows for certain property to be excluded from the division of property. The property should be identified clearly, for example with an address, apartment number, or property designation when relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a cohabitation agreement be changed later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Cohabitants can change what they have previously agreed upon by creating a new agreement. For major changes, it is often better to draw up a new, clear full version than to work with several difficult-to-interpret addendums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the agreement protect a larger down payment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. The cohabitation agreement regulates the division of property, but does not automatically document a claim. If one party has invested more money and the parties want the difference to be repaid, a promissory note may be needed depending on the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the English version an agreement under UK or US law?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an English-language version of a document designed for Swedish conditions and Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"border:1px solid #e3d8c2;background:#fffaf1;border-radius:10px;padding:16px 18px;margin:24px 0;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:7px 0 0;\"\u003eLegal basis: The Cohabitation Act (2003:376), specifically the rules on cohabitation property, division of property, cohabitation agreements, taking over, and consent. Relevant case law regarding the timing of the termination of a cohabitation relationship has also been taken into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template is general documentation support designed in accordance with Swedish law. It does not replace individual legal advice. In cases of significant values, complex ownership relationships, international connections, disputes, minors\/guardianships, or uncertainty about the home's legal status, professional advice should be sought.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48095900860758,"sku":"7350139912624","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/samboavtal-mall-word-pdf-svenska-engelska.jpg?v=1791170269"},{"product_id":"generalfullmakt-mall-word-pdf","title":"General Power of Attorney – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Power of Attorney – comprehensive template package according to Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides. The package is designed for individuals and companies needing to grant an agent broad, yet clearly defined, authority to represent the principal in financial, administrative, and other permitted legal transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the power of attorney rules of the Contracts Act, specific formal requirements for real estate, and current guidance on bank powers of attorney and the distinction between a standard power of attorney and an enduring power of attorney (framtidsfullmakt).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish General Power of Attorney – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable master template with selectable powers and restrictions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish General Power of Attorney – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Power of Attorney – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF, designed for Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed step-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA general power of attorney does not mean unlimited rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA broad power of attorney can cover many different legal transactions, but the authority is determined by \u003cstrong\u003ewhat is actually stated in the power of attorney\u003c\/strong\u003e and by special rules for certain types of matters. The new template therefore uses selectable authorizations, monetary limits, and specific restrictions rather than a general assertion that the agent may do \"everything\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template can cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eongoing financial management and payments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eentering into, amending, and terminating contracts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtact with authorities and public bodies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance, subscriptions, and supplier agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceivables, debts, and payment arrangements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebanking matters to the extent accepted by the bank,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurities and financial assets according to specific instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereal estate and tenant-owned properties when specific authorization is stated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother explicitly stated financial or administrative matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAuthority and internal instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, the Contracts Act distinguishes between what the agent is authorized to do externally and the internal instructions provided by the principal. If a restriction is important, it should therefore be stated directly in the power of attorney that a third party will see. The template includes specific fields for prohibited actions, monetary limits, and other instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal estate – specific formal requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor agreements regarding the \u003cstrong\u003epurchase, exchange, or gift of real estate\u003c\/strong\u003e, Section 27 of the Contracts Act requires the power of attorney to be in writing. The template therefore includes a separate real estate section where the property, the type of legal transaction, and price and condition limits can be clearly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor title registration and other land registration matters, additional documents may need to be submitted to the Swedish Mapping, Cadastral and Land Registration Authority (Lantmäteriet).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBanking matters – bank-specific requirements may apply\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general statutory requirement for a standard form for a standard power of attorney, but banks often have their own security requirements. They may require a written and witnessed power of attorney, and in some cases, that the bank's own form be used. The template therefore includes a clear bank section and a reminder that the bank's routines should be verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBankID and personal security solutions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney does not imply that the agent may use the principal's personal BankID, security token, PIN code, or other personal authentication credentials. Such solutions are governed by the respective provider's terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGifts and conflicts of interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA very broad authority to make gifts can create significant risk. The new template therefore has separate options to prohibit gifts, limit them to customary personal presents, or provide an explicit gift instruction. It also highlights the risks associated with legal transactions where the agent themselves or their next of kin benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eValidity and revocation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney can be made for an indefinite period, for a limited time, or tied to a specific assignment. The Contracts Act contains different rules on revocation depending on how the power of attorney was made known. For a written power of attorney held and presented by the agent, the document should be retrieved or destroyed, and third parties who have registered or are aware of the power of attorney should be notified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #d6dce3;border-radius:12px;background:#f7f5f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant regarding death and future incapacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA standard power of attorney \u003cstrong\u003edoes not automatically cease simply because the principal dies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Contracts Act contains a special rule on continued effect unless special circumstances suggest otherwise. If the principal is placed under guardianship, however, the effect of the power of attorney may be limited within the scope of the guardian's assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the purpose is for someone to be able to represent you only when you are no longer able to manage your affairs, you should consider an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/framtidsfullmakt-mall-juridiskt-bindande\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eenduring power of attorney (framtidsfullmakt)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNot for strictly personal legal transactions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA general power of attorney is not intended for actions that by law or by their nature must be performed personally, such as executing a will or entering into marriage. Special rules may also limit representation in other situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVoluntary witnesses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA standard general power of attorney has no general statutory requirement for witnessing. Witnesses can nevertheless be used as additional proof, and certain banks or other recipients may have their own requirements. The new template therefore provides optional witness fields without incorrectly claiming that witnessing is always required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish individuals and companies who need an English-language document but where the power of attorney must still be assessed according to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/generalfullmakt-mall-engelska-general-power-of-attorney\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed an English-first product page? See General Power of Attorney – Swedish law →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers how to complete the template, the distinction between authority and internal instructions, bank requirements, real estate power of attorney, gifts and conflicts of interest, revocation, death, guardianship, and when a special power of attorney or enduring power of attorney is more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a general power of attorney completely unlimited?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The scope is determined by the wording of the power of attorney, applicable legal rules, and the requirements of the recipient. This template is intentionally built with selectable powers and restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the general power of attorney be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not as a general rule. However, banks and other recipients may have their own requirements for witnessing or a specific form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the agent buy or sell real estate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis can be included if the authority is clearly stated. For agreements regarding the purchase, exchange, or gift of real estate, the power of attorney must be in writing according to Section 27 of the Contracts Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the power of attorney cease automatically when the principal dies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not according to the general rule of the Contracts Act. Section 21 contains a special rule on continued effect, but special circumstances may mean that the power of attorney is considered to have expired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a general power of attorney the same as an enduring power of attorney (framtidsfullmakt)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. An enduring power of attorney is regulated by a special law and is specifically intended for the situation where the principal can no longer manage their affairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. In the case of real estate transactions, major capital management, corporate issues, gifts to the agent or next of kin, international circumstances, or other high financial risks, qualified advice should be considered.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48105885073750,"sku":"7350139912631","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/generalfullmakt-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791178397"},{"product_id":"generalfullmakt-mall-engelska-general-power-of-attorney","title":"General Power of Attorney – English Word\/PDF + Swedish reference + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Power of Attorney – English-first template under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e for individuals and businesses that need to authorise another person to act on their behalf in financial, administrative and other permitted legal matters. The package includes an English Word\/PDF template, a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against the Swedish Contracts Act rules on authority and revocation, the special written-form requirement for certain real-estate transactions and current guidance on bank powers of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Power of Attorney – English Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable primary template under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Power of Attorney – English PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed step-by-step guidance for use under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for bilingual organisations and advisers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eSwedish reference guidance corresponding to the English package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eBroad authority does not mean unlimited authority\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA general power of attorney can cover many different legal acts, but the agent's authority is determined by \u003cstrong\u003ethe wording of the document\u003c\/strong\u003e and by any special legal rules that apply to the transaction. This template therefore uses selectable powers, monetary limits and specific restrictions rather than claiming that the agent may simply do “everything”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe template can cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eday-to-day financial administration and payments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eentering into, changing and terminating contracts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtacts with public authorities and other organisations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance, subscriptions and supplier agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclaims, debts and payment arrangements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebank matters to the extent accepted by the relevant bank,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurities and financial assets where expressly authorised,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereal estate and condominium\/co-operative housing matters where specifically stated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother expressly defined financial or administrative matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAuthority and internal instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish agency law distinguishes between the agent's outward authority and the principal's internal instructions. If a restriction is important, it should therefore be stated directly in the document shown to third parties. The template contains dedicated fields for prohibited actions, monetary limits and other instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal estate – written authority required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder section 27 of the Swedish Contracts Act, authority to enter into an agreement for the \u003cstrong\u003epurchase, exchange or gift of real property\u003c\/strong\u003e must be in writing. The template therefore contains a separate real-estate section where the property, transaction type and any price or condition limits can be specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional documents may be required for land-registration matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBank matters – the bank may impose its own requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general statutory form that every ordinary power of attorney must follow. Banks may nevertheless require a written and witnessed power of attorney and may insist on their own form. The package therefore includes a dedicated banking section and a clear reminder to check the bank's current procedures before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBankID and personal security credentials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney does not authorise the agent to use the principal's personal BankID, security token, PIN code or other personal authentication credentials. Those services are governed by the relevant provider's terms and security rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGifts and conflicts of interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVery broad gift authority can create significant risk. The template therefore includes options to prohibit gifts, limit them to customary personal gifts or add an explicit gift instruction. It also highlights transactions in which the agent or a related person could benefit personally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eValidity and revocation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney can be made indefinite, time-limited or linked to a specific assignment. The Swedish Contracts Act contains different revocation rules depending on how the power of attorney has been communicated. A written instrument held and presented by the agent should generally be recovered or destroyed when revoked, and third parties that have registered or relied on the authority should be informed where relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #d6dce3;border-radius:12px;background:#f7f5f2\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant: death and future incapacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn ordinary Swedish power of attorney does \u003cstrong\u003enot automatically terminate solely because the principal dies\u003c\/strong\u003e. Section 21 of the Swedish Contracts Act contains a specific rule under which the authority may remain effective unless particular circumstances indicate otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the purpose is instead to appoint someone who should act once you permanently lose the ability to manage your own affairs, consider a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/framtidsfullmakt-mall-juridiskt-bindande\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuture Power of Attorney\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, which is governed by separate legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNot suitable for strictly personal legal acts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA general power of attorney is not intended for acts that by law or their nature must be performed personally, such as making a will or entering into marriage. Other transactions can also be subject to special representation rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWitnesses are optional as a general rule\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no general statutory requirement that an ordinary general power of attorney be witnessed. Witnesses can nevertheless provide additional evidence, and banks or other recipients may impose their own requirements. The template therefore contains optional witness fields without incorrectly presenting witnessing as mandatory in every case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish + Swedish in one package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English document is the primary template in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference for Swedish boards, banks, advisers and bilingual organisations. This is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a UK, US or other foreign power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/generalfullmakt-mall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer a Swedish-first product? See the Swedish Generalfullmakt package →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guides included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides explain how to complete the template, the difference between authority and internal instructions, bank requirements, real-estate authority, gifts and conflicts of interest, revocation, death, guardianship and when a special-purpose or future power of attorney may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English and Swedish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a General Power of Attorney give unlimited authority?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The agent's powers depend on the wording of the document, applicable law and any requirements imposed by the receiving organisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have to be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot as a general legal requirement. A bank or other recipient may nevertheless require witnesses or its own form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the agent buy or sell real estate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat can be included if the authority is stated clearly. For agreements concerning the purchase, exchange or gift of real property, Swedish law requires written authority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the power of attorney automatically end when the principal dies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not under the general rule in section 21 of the Swedish Contracts Act. Particular circumstances can, however, mean that the authority should be treated as terminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as a Future Power of Attorney?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A Future Power of Attorney is governed by separate Swedish legislation and is specifically designed for future permanent incapacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. Real-estate transactions, substantial investment authority, corporate matters, gifts to agents or related persons, international arrangements or other high-value matters may require professional review.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48105908961622,"sku":"7350139912648","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/general-power-of-attorney-english-product-image-2027.png?v=1791178871"},{"product_id":"framtidsfullmakt-mall-engelska-future-power-of-attorney","title":"Future Power of Attorney – English Word\/PDF + Swedish Reference + Guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuture Power of Attorney – English-first template under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e for individuals who want to appoint a trusted person to manage specified financial and personal matters if they later permanently lose the ability to handle those matters themselves. The package includes an English Word\/PDF template, a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against the Swedish Future Powers of Attorney Act (2017:310), including the electronic-signature amendment that entered into force on 1 July 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuture Power of Attorney – English Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable primary template governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuture Power of Attorney – English PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step instructions covering formal requirements, witnesses, entry into force and common mistakes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for bilingual families and advisers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eSwedish reference guidance corresponding to the English package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eTwo witnesses are required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe principal must sign the instrument, or acknowledge the signature, in the \u003cstrong\u003esimultaneous presence of two eligible witnesses\u003c\/strong\u003e. The witnesses must know that the document is a future power of attorney and confirm it with their signatures. The appointed attorney may not act as a witness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElectronic signing is now possible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSince 1 July 2026, a Swedish future power of attorney may also be signed electronically. In that case the principal and both witnesses must use \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced electronic signatures\u003c\/strong\u003e. The requirement that the two witnesses be present simultaneously remains. A basic click-sign or pasted signature is therefore not automatically sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat can the power cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template lets you select and tailor powers relating to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebanking, payments and day-to-day finances,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax matters and contacts with public authorities,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epensions, insurance and benefits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtracts, claims and debts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurities and financial assets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereal property and tenant-owned apartments where expressly stated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehousing, social-care and other personal matters permitted by law,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother specifically defined financial or personal affairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat cannot be covered?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA Swedish future power of attorney cannot authorise the attorney to make decisions within healthcare or dental care. It also cannot be used for strictly personal legal acts that only the principal can perform, such as making a will, entering into marriage or acknowledging parenthood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen does it enter into force?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe general rule is that the attorney assesses when the principal, due to illness, mental disorder, weakened health or a similar condition, permanently and essentially can no longer manage the matters covered by the document. The template also contains an option requiring the \u003cstrong\u003eDistrict Court to determine entry into force\u003c\/strong\u003e before the instrument may be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubstitute attorneys\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes fields for a primary attorney and up to two substitutes. This makes it possible to specify in advance who should step in if the first attorney dies, resigns or is permanently unable to perform the assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReviewer and accounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can appoint a reviewer who is entitled to request accounts from the attorney. The template also allows you to specify regular reporting and, if desired, authorise the reviewer to revoke the future power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGifts and remuneration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains clear options for gifts: no gifts, customary personal presents only, or specifically authorised gifts. You can also state whether the attorney should act without remuneration, receive reasonable remuneration under the Act or receive compensation under specified conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConflicts of interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe attorney may not represent the principal in matters where the attorney, or certain related persons, have conflicting interests. The template highlights this limitation and explains that another representative may be needed for that specific matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal property and tenant-owned apartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the attorney should be able to sell, buy or mortgage real property or a tenant-owned apartment, that authority should be stated expressly and preferably with identifying information and any limitations. The template includes dedicated sections for these transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo public register\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCreating a future power of attorney does not automatically register it in a public register. The original document, or the electronically signed original file where applicable, should therefore be stored securely and its location made known to relevant persons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish + Swedish in one package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English document is the primary template in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference for Swedish banks, authorities, advisers and bilingual families. This is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a UK, US or other foreign power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/framtidsfullmakt-mall-juridiskt-bindande\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer a Swedish-first product? See the Swedish Framtidsfullmakt package →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guides included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides explain the formal requirements, witness eligibility, entry into force, electronic signing, reviewer controls, gifts, remuneration, conflicts of interest, property powers, storage, amendment, revocation and common mistakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English and Swedish.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a Future Power of Attorney have to be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Two eligible witnesses must be present simultaneously and confirm the instrument.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be signed electronically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Since 1 July 2026, electronic signing is permitted if the principal and both witnesses use advanced electronic signatures and the other formal requirements are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the attorney make healthcare decisions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Decisions within healthcare and dental care are outside the permitted scope of a Swedish future power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the attorney sell my home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat can be included, but the authority should be stated expressly and preferably identify the property or apartment and any relevant conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the document automatically registered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The instrument is not automatically entered in a public register when it is created.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. Larger asset holdings, company ownership, real-estate transactions, complex family situations or international connections may justify professional review.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48105937961302,"sku":"7350139912655","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/future-power-of-attorney-english-product-image-2027.png?v=1791179368"},{"product_id":"samboavtal-mall-engelska-cohabitation-agreement-swedish-law","title":"Cohabitation Agreement – English Word\/PDF + Swedish Reference + Guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCohabitation Agreement – English-first template under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e for cohabitees or prospective cohabitees who want to decide whether the Swedish Cohabitees Act rules on division of cohabitation property should apply in full, not at all, or with clearly defined exclusions. The package includes an English Word\/PDF agreement, a Swedish reference version and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 5 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eReviewed against the Swedish Cohabitees Act (2003:376), current Swedish Tax Agency guidance and recent Supreme Court case law on when a cohabitation relationship is deemed to have ended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCohabitation Agreement – English Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable primary template governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCohabitation Agreement – English PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guidance on property, exclusions, signing and common mistakes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish reference template – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eSwedish reference version for bilingual households and advisers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eSwedish reference guidance corresponding to the English package.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eWhat a Swedish cohabitation agreement actually does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnder section 9 of the Swedish Cohabitees Act, cohabitees or prospective cohabitees may agree that \u003cstrong\u003eno statutory division shall take place\u003c\/strong\u003e or that \u003cstrong\u003especified property shall be excluded from such division\u003c\/strong\u003e. The agreement must be in writing and signed by both parties. Witnesses are not a statutory validity requirement and the agreement is not registered with an authority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree clear agreement options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Exclude statutory division entirely\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor couples who want the Cohabitees Act division rules not to apply between them. This does not change legal ownership; each person's ownership must still be assessed under ordinary property and contract law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Exclude specified property\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor couples who want the statutory rules to apply generally but wish to exclude clearly identified property, such as a particular home. The template includes a dedicated appendix for precise identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Exclude a clearly defined property category\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor narrower arrangements where a specific category of cohabitation property should be kept outside a future division. The wording must be sufficiently clear to identify what is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat counts as cohabitation property?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Cohabitees Act does not automatically cover everything the parties own. The core category is the \u003cstrong\u003ejoint home and household goods acquired for joint use\u003c\/strong\u003e. The purpose at the time of acquisition is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA home that one party already owned and used before the cohabitation began is therefore often outside the statutory category because it was not acquired for joint use. A home acquired with the intention that it become the couple's shared home may be treated differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOwnership and division rights are different\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA cohabitation agreement regulates whether statutory division rules apply. It does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e automatically change ownership shares in a home, create a debt between the parties or decide who paid more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf one partner contributed more to the purchase and the parties want that difference to be repaid, a separate promissory note may be needed depending on the intended arrangement. See our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/olika-kontantinsats-sambo-skuldebrev-samboavtal-2026-2027\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003especialised package for unequal cash contributions, promissory note and cohabitation agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWills and inheritance are separate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA cohabitation agreement is \u003cstrong\u003enot a will\u003c\/strong\u003e. Cohabitees do not inherit from each other under the statutory order of succession. If the parties want inheritance protection, they should consider a separate will and the formal requirements applicable to wills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeparation and the one-year deadline\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf cohabitation ends for a reason other than the parties marrying each other, a statutory division can take place if requested by one of the cohabitees. The request must generally be made within one year after the cohabitation legally ended. Recent Supreme Court case law has emphasised that the statutory criteria for when cohabitation ends are applied strictly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is for the agreement made before a possible division. If the relationship has already ended and property is being distributed, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/bodelning-sambo-mall-bodelningsavtal-sambo-word-pdf-excel\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003edivision-of-property agreement for cohabitees\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSome statutory rights may still remain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA section 9 cohabitation agreement does not automatically remove every other rule in the Cohabitees Act. The Act contains, among other things, special rules on takeover of certain rented or tenant-owned homes and consent requirements for some dispositions involving the common home and household goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf the parties later marry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cohabitation relationship under the Cohabitees Act ends when the parties marry each other. This agreement does not automatically become a prenuptial agreement. If the parties later wish to regulate separate property as spouses, a separate prenuptial agreement should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo registration and no mandatory witnesses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement must be written and signed by both cohabitees or prospective cohabitees. Swedish law does not impose a general witness requirement for a section 9 cohabitation agreement, and there is no authority registration procedure comparable to registration of a Swedish prenuptial agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes optional witness lines for parties who want additional evidentiary support without presenting witnessing as a legal validity requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnglish + Swedish in one package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English agreement is the primary document in this product. The Swedish version is included as a reference for Swedish banks, advisers, authorities and bilingual households. This is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a UK, US or other foreign cohabitation agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/samboavtal-mall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrefer a Swedish-first package? See the Swedish Samboavtal product →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guides included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides explain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen the template is suitable and when it is not enough,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat counts as cohabitation property,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between ownership and division rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow to exclude property clearly,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen a promissory note or will may also be needed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe one-year deadline after separation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehome-takeover and consent rules that may still apply,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat happens if the parties later marry,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon drafting and signing mistakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e English and Swedish.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a Swedish cohabitation agreement need witnesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Witnessing is not a statutory validity requirement under section 9 of the Cohabitees Act. Both parties must sign the written agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the agreement have to be registered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A Swedish cohabitation agreement is not submitted to an authority for registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan we exclude only one specific home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Act permits specified property to be excluded. The property should be described precisely enough to identify it later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the agreement protect a larger cash contribution?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. The cohabitation agreement regulates division under the Cohabitees Act but does not automatically create a repayment claim. A separate promissory note may be needed depending on the arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo cohabitees inherit from each other?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not under the statutory order of succession. A separate will should be considered if inheritance protection is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis package is a general documentation aid under Swedish law and does not replace individual legal advice. High-value assets, disputed ownership, international connections, guardianship issues or complex co-ownership arrangements may require professional review.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48107429691734,"sku":"7350139912662","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/cohabitation-agreement-english-product-image-2027.png?v=1791179951"},{"product_id":"lopande-skuldebrev-mall-word-pdf-foretag-privatperson","title":"Negotiable Promissory Note Template – Word\/PDF + English + Guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNegotiable promissory note – complete template package under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e with Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates and detailed user guides. The package is intended for companies and private individuals who specifically need a promissory note designed to be transferable under the special rules of the Swedish Promissory Notes Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Swedish Promissory Notes Act, Interest Act, Limitation Act and current and adopted consumer-credit legislation where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish negotiable promissory note – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable template with a choice between an order note and a bearer note.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish negotiable promissory note – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-ready version.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNegotiable Promissory Note – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish-language Word + PDF version governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eDetailed guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eDetailed English guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eWhat makes a promissory note “negotiable”?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder Section 11 of the Swedish Promissory Notes Act, a promissory note is negotiable when it is made \u003cstrong\u003epayable to bearer\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003epayable to a specified person or order\u003c\/strong\u003e. This is not merely a heading. The wording affects who may enforce the claim and the legal consequences of a later transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder note or bearer note – choose one\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main template contains two clearly separated alternatives that should not be used at the same time:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder promissory note:\u003c\/strong\u003e payable to a named creditor or order and transferable through a traceable chain of endorsements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBearer promissory note:\u003c\/strong\u003e payable to the bearer. The person in possession of the original instrument is generally presumed to be entitled to demand payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many private and smaller commercial loans, an order note is easier to administer than a bearer note. If transferability is not needed at all, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/enkelt-skuldebrev-mall-juridiskt-bindande\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esimple promissory note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is often a more controlled alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAn important difference from a simple promissory note\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new holder who acquires possession of a negotiable promissory note in good faith can, in certain situations under Section 15 of the Swedish Promissory Notes Act, be protected against objections that the debtor could have raised against the previous creditor. This is one of the most important reasons why negotiable promissory notes should be used with greater care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOnly one signed original\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe previous version of the product recommended one original for each party. That is not appropriate for a negotiable promissory note. The new template and guide therefore use \u003cstrong\u003eone signed original only\u003c\/strong\u003e. The debtor may retain a clearly marked copy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the debt has been paid in full, the original instrument should be returned to the debtor and preferably marked as paid in full or cancelled. For interest and instalment payments, the package includes a separate receipt and payment-history schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template regulates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edebtor\/borrower and original creditor\/lender,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003echoice between order and bearer promissory note,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eprincipal amount and evidence of disbursement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esingle payment, instalment plan or payment after notice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einterest-free loan or agreed ordinary interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edefault interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eearly repayment and a cautiously drafted acceleration clause,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransfer and presentation of the original instrument,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eseparate pledge or guarantee arrangements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epayment details, notices and special instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eendorsement fields for order notes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epayment and receipt history.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInterest and default interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be used for both interest-free and interest-bearing loans. Where the default rule in Section 6 of the Swedish Interest Act applies to late payment, the rate corresponds to the reference rate plus eight percentage points. If the claim already bears interest, Section 7 may affect the rate after the due date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLimitation periods – a special rule for negotiable promissory notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main rule under the Swedish Limitation Act is ten years. The special three-year limitation period for certain consumer claims expressly \u003cstrong\u003edoes not apply\u003c\/strong\u003e to claims based on negotiable promissory notes. The guide therefore covers documentation of payments, demands and interruption of limitation periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #f0c7b0;border-radius:12px;background:#fff7f2\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant for consumer credit purchases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA negotiable promissory note is not a suitable standard document for all consumer-credit situations. In a credit purchase, a creditor may not accept a negotiable promissory note that restricts the consumer's right to raise objections if the instrument is later transferred or pledged to a good-faith creditor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current Swedish Consumer Credit Act applies through 19 November 2026. The new Consumer Credit Act enters into force on 20 November 2026 and retains a corresponding prohibition. The package therefore clearly states that professional consumer lending may require different and more extensive documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEndorsements and payment history\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe order-note template includes an appendix with multiple endorsement fields so that transferor, transferee, date and acknowledgement can be documented together with the original instrument. A separate payment schedule makes it possible to track principal, interest, outstanding balance and acknowledgement after each payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity – keep pledges and guarantees separate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the loan is secured by a pledge or guarantee, the promissory note can refer to a separate security document. The pledge or guarantee undertaking should itself be documented separately so that its scope, formal requirements and conditions remain clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWitnesses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWitnessing is normally not a general formal requirement for a promissory note. The template contains optional witness fields for parties who want additional evidential support, without incorrectly presenting witnesses as a validity requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish companies and private individuals who need the document in English while the claim remains governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guides included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides explain, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between negotiable and simple promissory notes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between order and bearer notes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewhy only one original should be signed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ehow disbursement, instalments and interest are documented,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ehow transfers and endorsements are handled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003erules on presentation and return of the original instrument,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003elimitation periods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003econsumer-credit restrictions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epledges, guarantees, witnesses and common mistakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguages:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between a negotiable and a simple promissory note?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA negotiable promissory note is specifically designed for transfer and can give a good-faith new holder stronger legal protection. With a simple promissory note, a new creditor generally does not obtain better rights than the previous creditor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould both parties have an original?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For a negotiable promissory note, normally only one original should be signed. The other party may keep a clearly marked copy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a negotiable promissory note be interest-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The template contains both interest-free and interest-bearing alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used for consumer credit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot as a general standard document. Mandatory consumer-credit rules apply, and negotiable promissory notes are expressly prohibited in certain credit-purchase situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the promissory note need witnesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot as a general rule. Optional witnesses may be used as additional evidential support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal, credit-law or tax advice. For larger amounts, professional lending, international parties, complex security arrangements or planned trading in the claim, qualified advice should be considered.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48107547459926,"sku":"7350139912679","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/lopande-skuldebrev-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791244443"},{"product_id":"korjournal-mall-gratis-word-excel-pdf","title":"Mileage log – Excel\/Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Logbook – complete template package for Swedish tax and vehicle documentation\u003c\/strong\u003e including Swedish Excel, Word, and PDF templates, an English language version, and detailed user guides. The package is designed based on the information recommended by the Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) for a vehicle logbook and is suitable for companies, employers, drivers, and private individuals who need to distinguish between business and private driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTax reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Swedish Tax Agency's current guidance on vehicle logbooks, company car benefits, business travel, and tax-free car allowances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish vehicle logbook – Excel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eAutomatic trip length, business\/private, mileage allowance, control totals, and annual overview.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish vehicle logbook – Word + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly manual vehicle logbook.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Logbook – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish Excel, Word, and PDF version compliant with Swedish tax rules.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eDesigned according to the Swedish Tax Agency's recommended information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency recommends, among other things, that a vehicle logbook should contain the odometer reading at the beginning and end of the year, registration number, current year, date and odometer reading at the start and end of each trip, kilometers driven, start and end address, business\/purpose, and which locations, companies, or contact persons were visited during business trips. Notes on the driver and refueling may also be relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNew automatic Excel model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel version is significantly more advanced than the previous template and includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTART\u003c\/strong\u003e – registration number, year, vehicle model, odometer reading, and vehicle category.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVEHICLE LOGBOOK\u003c\/strong\u003e – 500 trip rows with automatic trip length calculation and breakdown between business and private.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUMMARY\u003c\/strong\u003e – business kilometers, private kilometers, miles (mil), calculated car allowance, and reconciliation against odometer readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efields for road\/bridge\/ferry tolls, parking, fuel\/charging, and notes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etracking of private usage occasions and private mileage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindicator for 30,000 km of business driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMinor private use of employer-provided car\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor private use of an employer-provided car to fall within the limit of \"minor extent,\" \u003cstrong\u003eboth\u003c\/strong\u003e of the following conditions must be met during the calendar year:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea maximum of 10 private usage occasions, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea maximum of 100 Swedish miles (1,000 km) of private driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTravel between home and the regular place of work is generally counted as private travel. Therefore, the Excel template includes a separate field for private kilometers and a sequence number field for private usage occasions as a practical control tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003e3,000 Swedish miles (30,000 km) in business\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf an employee drives at least 3,000 Swedish miles (30,000 km) for business purposes during an income year with their company car, the employer may, under certain conditions, reduce the taxable benefit value by 25 percent. The vehicle logbook is an essential piece of documentation to prove the extent of business driving. The Excel template therefore displays a special indicator when 30,000 business kilometers are reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTax-free car allowance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 2026 income year, the Swedish Tax Agency's flat rates are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eprivate car:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 SEK per mil (10 km),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ecompany car not fully electric:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 SEK per mil (10 km),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003efully electric company car:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.50 SEK per mil (10 km).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel template converts kilometers to \"mil\" and uses the selected vehicle category. The amounts are included as a control\/calculation aid and should be updated when the Swedish Tax Agency changes the flat rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParking, congestion tax, and other fees\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eParking is not automatically included in the standard mileage allowance. Road, bridge, and ferry tolls, as well as congestion taxes, may also have separate tax treatments. Therefore, the new logbook has specific columns for such costs instead of mixing them with the kilometer allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFuel benefit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the employer pays for fuel for a company car, the vehicle logbook is particularly important for allocating private and business-related driving. If sufficient documentation is lacking, the tax consequences can be significantly worse. Therefore, the template also includes optional fields for refueling or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWord and PDF for manual use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor those who do not want to keep a logbook directly in Excel, a clean, print-friendly Word\/PDF version is included, featuring vehicle details, odometer readings, and trip rows. This can be used on paper and subsequently compiled in Excel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version for use under Swedish tax rules\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is intended for Swedish companies and drivers who work in English and is not a foreign tax logbook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/vehicle-logbook-template-english\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you need an English-first product page? See Vehicle Logbook Template →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA vehicle logbook is a form of documentation and evidence. It does not automatically guarantee specific tax exemptions, deduction rights, or benefit treatments. The assessment is affected by, among other things, the actual purpose of the trip, the employee's regular place of work, the type of vehicle used, and who paid for fuel and other expenses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e XLSX, DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes a vehicle logbook have to be electronic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Swedish Tax Agency states that a vehicle logbook can be kept on paper, on a computer, or electronically. The important thing is that the documentation is sufficiently detailed and reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it enough to just write down the number of kilometers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot as strong evidence. The Swedish Tax Agency recommends significantly more information, including date, odometer reading, addresses, purpose, and visited locations or companies for business trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs travel between home and work considered a business trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNormally not. Travel between home and the regular place of work is counted as private travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Excel template calculate mileage allowance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It calculates a control amount based on business kilometers and the selected vehicle category using the included 2026 flat rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the same template for a company car and a private car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but the tax assessment differs between a private car and a company car. Therefore, choose the correct vehicle category and use the guide to understand the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation and calculation aid and does not replace individual tax, payroll, or accounting advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48168312078678,"sku":"7350139912716","price":29.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/korjournal-produktbild-2027.png?v=1791248033"},{"product_id":"fullmakt-att-foretrada-aktiebolag-mall","title":"Power of attorney to represent a limited company – Word\/PDF + English + guide","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower of Attorney to represent a limited company\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete template package under Swedish law for companies wishing to grant an individual the right to represent the company in clearly defined business, regulatory, banking, or contractual matters. The package includes Swedish and English Word\/PDF templates as well as detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers the Swedish Companies Act's regulations on the board of directors, the CEO, and authorized signatories, as well as the power of attorney regulations under the Contracts Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Power of Attorney – Word\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable master template for Swedish limited companies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Power of Attorney – PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower of Attorney – English\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version in Word + PDF under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guide in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance in Word + PDF.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eA power of attorney is not the same as registered signatory authority\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe board of directors represents the company and signs for it in accordance with the Companies Act. The CEO may represent the company within the scope of day-to-day management, and the board may appoint a special authorized signatory. This product is instead a \u003cstrong\u003estandard contractual power of attorney\u003c\/strong\u003e for defined tasks. It does not automatically register the proxy holder as a special authorized signatory with the Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRegistered signatory authority and a standard power of attorney follow different rules. For registered signatory authority, a provision stating that two or more persons must sign jointly can be registered, whereas other limitations – such as internal monetary limits – are not registered as limitations on the right to sign. If a monetary limit or other restriction is intended to define the agent's external authority, it should therefore be clearly stated in the power of attorney itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho should sign on behalf of the company?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney must be signed by the person or persons who have the right to bind the company in the situation in question. Therefore, the template contains specific fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistered signatory authority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboard resolutions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCEO authority within day-to-day management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother documented basis for authority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company is signed for by two or more persons jointly, the power of attorney must be signed in the corresponding authorized manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the template can cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can select and specify, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enegotiation, execution, amendment, and termination of agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorders and purchases with monetary limits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtacts with authorities and public bodies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer and supplier receivables, payment plans, and disputes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebanking and payment matters where the bank accepts the power of attorney,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereal estate, premises, or tenant-owner apartment matters,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes and agent management when a separate litigation power of attorney is not required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother specifically stated assignments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMonetary limits and internal restrictions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes separate fields for monetary limit per legal act, total financial framework, requirement for countersignature, geographical\/operational scope, and other restrictions. Important limitations should appear directly in the power of attorney shown to third parties, not only in internal instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBoard resolutions and the responsibility of corporate bodies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA power of attorney does not transfer the board's statutory responsibility to the proxy holder. If the underlying business requires a board or general meeting resolution, that decision must still be made. The package therefore includes a \u003cstrong\u003evoluntary annex for documentation of board resolutions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBanks and authorities may require their own forms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA recipient may set their own formatting and identification requirements. For example, banks may require the bank's own power of attorney form or additional authority verification. The power of attorney does not grant the proxy holder the right to use anyone else's personal BankID, PIN code, security token, or similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal property – special requirement for writing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the power of attorney is to be used for agreements regarding the purchase, exchange, or gift of real property, the authority must be in writing according to Section 27 of the Contracts Act. The template therefore contains specific fields for property designation, legal act, price range, and other terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSubstitution and conflicts of interest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can explicitly prohibit sub-delegation or allow it only for a specific assignment. The template also contains a specific limitation for agreements where the proxy holder themselves, a related party, or a related company has a conflicting economic interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eValidity and revocation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe power of attorney can be valid until further notice, for a specific period, or only for a specific assignment. The guide explains how written powers of attorney should be recovered or destroyed upon revocation and when third parties should be notified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is suitable for Swedish companies working with international counterparties or using English as their corporate or working language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/generalfullmakt-mall-word-pdf\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you need a general power of attorney for an individual\/company? See General Power of Attorney →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers the difference between a standard power of attorney and signatory authority, who should sign, authority and capacity, board resolutions, bank\/authority requirements, real estate power of attorney, revocation, and a complete checklist before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the proxy holder become a registered authorized signatory?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A standard power of attorney does not automatically register the proxy holder as a special authorized signatory with the Swedish Companies Registration Office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the CEO sign the power of attorney?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the assignment. The CEO has the statutory right to represent the company within day-to-day management, but larger or unusual measures may require a board resolution or other authorized signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the power of attorney be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot as a general rule for a standard company power of attorney. However, the recipient may set their own formal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the proxy holder buy or sell real estate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis can be covered if the authority is clearly and explicitly stated in writing and the company's internal decisions have been properly made. Real estate matters may also require additional documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. Major transactions, real estate deals, financing, corporate acquisitions, international agreements, or questions regarding the authority of corporate bodies should be reviewed separately.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48169315729750,"sku":"7350139912730","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/fullmakt-aktiebolag-hero-2027.png?v=1791252728"},{"product_id":"testamente-mall-juridiskt-bindande","title":"Will Template – Legally Binding Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill\u003c\/strong\u003e – a complete template package for those who wish to document how their estate should be distributed in accordance with Swedish law. The package includes a main Swedish template in Word and PDF, an English language version under Swedish law, and detailed user guides in both languages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:20px 0;padding:16px 18px;border:1px solid #d9e2ec;border-radius:12px;background:#f8fafc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:6px 0 0\"\u003eThe review covers, among other things, the Swedish Inheritance Code's rules on testamentary capacity, formal requirements, witnesses, statutory share (laglott), revocation, service of the will, and estate executors, as well as relevant rules on separate property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0 24px\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTestamente – svenska DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEditable main template for an individual will.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTestamente – svenska PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill – Swedish law DOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eEnglish language version under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill – Swedish law PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003ePrint-friendly English language version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSvensk användarguide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #e5e7eb\"\u003eStep-by-step guidance with a witness checklist and practical examples.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnglish user guide – DOCX + PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:10px\"\u003eEnglish guidance for use under Swedish law.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin:24px 0;padding:18px;border:1px solid #e0c96d;border-radius:12px;background:#fff9dd\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"margin-top:0\"\u003eImportant: the template does not automatically become a valid will\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eValidity depends on more than just the content. An ordinary Swedish will must be drawn up in accordance with the formal requirements of the Inheritance Code: it must be in writing, the testator must sign the document or acknowledge their signature in the presence of two simultaneously present witnesses, and the witnesses must then sign. The witnesses must know that the document is a will, but they do not need to know its content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is therefore a \u003cstrong\u003egeneral documentation aid\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides clear fields and instructions but cannot guarantee validity in an individual case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the will template helps you regulate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main template is modular, allowing you to use the sections that fit your situation. It includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etestator identity details and family overview,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprovisions for specific assets or monetary amounts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edistribution of the remaining estate in shares,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ealternative beneficiaries if a beneficiary passes away before the testator,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional clauses regarding separate property,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe ability to specify how returns on and property substituting for the inheritance should be treated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evoluntary appointment of an estate executor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadditional instructions and special conditions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseparate signature and witness section with space for two witnesses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional note on where the original is stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormal requirements – execute the witnessing correctly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe two witnesses to the will must be present at the same time when the testator signs or confirms their signature. The witnesses must then sign. Witness eligibility is important: certain next-of-kin and persons who benefit from the will may not witness the relevant disposition, and there are also age and suitability requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide includes a specific witness checklist. This template is intended for an ordinary written will; special rules regarding emergency wills are not treated as the primary method in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStatutory share (laglott) – important if you have children\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the Inheritance Code, children and other forced heirs have a right to a \"laglott\" (statutory share), which corresponds to half of the inheritance they would have received without a will. A testamentary provision that infringes upon the statutory share is not necessarily automatically invalid, but a forced heir may request an adjustment. This right must normally be asserted within six months from the service of the will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template and guide therefore help the user address the issue of the statutory share, but complex family situations should be assessed individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpouses, cohabitants, and children from previous relationships\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe order of inheritance differs depending on family circumstances. A surviving spouse may have far-reaching inheritance rights, whereas a cohabitant (sambo) has no general legal inheritance right after their partner. Children from previous relationships (särkullbarn) can also affect how the inheritance is distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a broad, individual will template. In cases involving children from previous relationships, large asset values, companies, foreign real estate, or special inheritance planning, a more specialized template or individual legal advice may be appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeparate property\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe will can be used to stipulate that property received by a beneficiary shall be their separate property. The package also distinguishes between the property itself, property that replaces it, and its returns, as these issues are not always treated identically without express conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEstate executor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is an optional clause for an estate executor. According to the Inheritance Code, an estate executor can be commissioned to manage the administration of the estate and carry out the will. The role entails significant responsibility and should not be appointed casually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmending or revoking the will\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA will can be revoked. An addendum or an amendment intended to function as a new testamentary provision normally needs to meet the formal requirements of a will. The guide recommends clear version control and ensuring that old originals are not left behind in a way that creates uncertainty regarding the testator's last will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAfter the death – service of the will and deadlines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide provides an overview of how the will is handled after death, including service of the will to heirs, forced heirs' ability to request an adjustment to the statutory share, and the deadline for filing a claim of invalidity. The will or a certified copy must also be handled in connection with the estate inventory (bouppteckning) when a will exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDecided rule change from January 1, 2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor legal entities that acquire agricultural property through a will, extended requirements for acquisition permits under the land acquisition legislation apply from January 1, 2027. This is a special issue mainly relevant when the beneficiary is, for example, a company, an association, or another legal entity, and the estate includes agricultural property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProposal for a will registry and digital wills\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a government inquiry proposal regarding, among other things, a voluntary public will registry and digital wills. As of the date of the legal review, this is not currently applicable law. The package is therefore based on the rules that are actually in effect and does not rely on a future registry or digital will existing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish + English in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish is the main version. The English version is an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language version governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be practical when the testator, family members, or advisors work in English. It should not be perceived as a British, American, or universal international will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/testamente-engelska-will-swedish-law\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you want the English version as the main product? See Will – Swedish Law →\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guides included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guides go through how each main section is filled out and explain, among other things, formal requirements, selection of witnesses, statutory share, separate property, estate executors, revocation, storage, and what should be done after a death. They also contain examples, common mistakes, and situations where a lawyer should be consulted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen the template is suitable – and when you should seek help\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is primarily suitable for private individuals who want to draw up an individual will according to Swedish law and who want a structured foundation with clear choices and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual legal advice is particularly appropriate in cases of international connections, large or complicated assets, companies or generational shifts, agricultural or forestry properties, complex issues involving children from previous relationships, coordination with previous wills, suspicion of future disputes, or questions regarding the testator's capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFile formats and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e DOCX, PDF, and ZIP.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish and English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download. No physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust an ordinary will be witnessed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, an ordinary written will must follow the Inheritance Code's witness formalities. Two eligible witnesses must be simultaneously present when the testator signs or confirms their signature, and the witnesses must sign the will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the witnesses read the will?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They must know that the document is a will, but they do not need to know the content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I disinherit my children from their statutory share (laglott)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eForced heirs have a right to a statutory share. A will can contain a provision that affects the statutory share, but the forced heir may request an adjustment to receive their share within the statutory deadline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes my cohabitant (sambo) inherit automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo, cohabitants do not have general legal inheritance rights after one another. A will is therefore often particularly relevant for cohabitants, but the Cohabitation Act's (sambolagen) rules on property division may simultaneously affect the financial situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the English version in Sweden?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is designed as a language version under Swedish law. In cases of international connections or foreign assets, choice of law and international inheritance law should be reviewed specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:.95em;color:#4b5563\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template package is a general documentation aid and does not replace individual legal advice. A will must both be correctly designed for the specific situation and drawn up with the applicable formal requirements.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48176646947158,"sku":"7350139912785","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/testamente-hero-2027.png?v=1791253762"},{"product_id":"mall-for-hyresavtal-andrahandsuthyrning-engelska","title":"Template for Lease Agreement Sublease Agreement (English) - Sublease Agreement Template Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Template for Lease Agreement - Subletting Word\/PDF\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eSubletting your home can be an effective way to generate extra income when you don't live there yourself. To ensure both landlord and tenant security and that all terms are clearly defined, it is crucial to use a carefully drafted subletting lease template. Our \"Template for Rental Agreement - Subletting\" in Word and PDF format is a comprehensive and legally correct template that covers all aspects of subletting and is specially adapted to comply with Swedish legislation and practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Content of the template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetails of the parties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Landlord (Primary tenant): Name, social security number, address and telephone number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Tenant (Second-hand tenant): Name, social security number, address and telephone number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRental object\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Address, apartment number, number of rooms, area (sqm) and other spaces included (e.g. basement, garage).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRental period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Start date and end date of the rental period and notice period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Monthly rent, payment date, payment method (bankgiro\/plusgiro\/account number) and what is included in the rent (e.g. electricity, water, internet).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDeposit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Amount, payment date and conditions for refund of deposit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInspection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Date for inspection before moving in and after moving out, as well as noting existing damages and defects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRental conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Information about the home being rented furnished or unfurnished, description of furniture and fixtures included, as well as responsibility for any damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInsurance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Responsibility for home insurance, specified if it is the responsibility of the lessor or the lessee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eArea of ​​use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Indication of whether the home may only be used as a home and any restrictions on the right of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOther conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Rules for maintenance and repairs, permission from the landlord or condominium association and other important information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSignatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n \u003cli\u003eSignatures of both landlord and tenant with clarification of name and date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Important aspects and practices in subletting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eApproval and permission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before subletting your home, you must obtain permission from the landlord if it is a rental property, or from the condominium association if it is a condominium. Without this permission, you risk being terminated from your first-hand tenancy or, if it is a condominium, the condominium will be forfeited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReasonable rent:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rent for subletting must be reasonable. For condominiums, this means the sum of the capital cost (market value * rate of return) and the operating cost (monthly fee to the association plus costs for electricity, water, internet and a furniture surcharge if the home is rented out furnished). For rental properties, the rent must not exceed what the primary tenant pays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspection and damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always carry out an inspection of the home both before and after the rental period. Document any damage and defects in an inspection report that is signed by both parties. This reduces the risk of disputes about damages that occur during the rental period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDeposit:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is common to require a deposit as security to cover any damages or missed rental payments. The deposit should be returned at the end of the rental period, provided the tenant has fulfilled their obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTermination and renewal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be sure to include termination clauses in the contract, for both landlord and tenant. Written notice is recommended to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts. If the tenancy is to be extended beyond the original tenancy period, a new agreement should be drawn up or a written agreement on extension made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e common questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long can you sublet?\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no general time limit as long as landlord and tenant agree. For tenements, however, the landlord or the housing association can refuse an extension after a certain time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the tenant damages the home?\u003c\/strong\u003e If the tenant causes damage beyond normal wear and tear, the landlord can use the security deposit to cover repair costs. However, normal wear and tear can be difficult to claim compensation for afterwards, so it is important to have detailed inspection records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan I raise the rent during the rental period?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, if your landlord raises the rent for your tenancy, or if the fee to the condominium association increases, you have the right to raise the rent for your subtenant as long as the rent remains reasonable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need home insurance?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, both landlord and tenant should have home insurance that covers their respective interests and protects against damage and liability during the tenancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e By using our \"Template for Lease Agreement - Subletting\" you ensure that all important aspects of the tenancy are clearly documented and that you comply with the applicable laws and practices for subletting in Sweden. Download the template today and rent out your home with security and legal protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48179012469078,"sku":"7350139912846","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/MallforHyresavtalAndrahandsuthyrning_Engelska_-SubleaseAgreementTemplateWordPDF.png?v=1717036327"},{"product_id":"aktenskapsforord-mall-engelska-marriage-contract-before-marriage-template","title":"Marriage Contract (Before Marriage) Template (English) Marriage Contract (Before Marriage) Template","description":"\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProduct description for Prenuptial Agreement Template (English)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Protecting their assets and clarifying financial matters before marriage is an important aspect for many couples. Our Prenuptial Agreement Template helps you create a legally correct document that ensures a fair distribution of property in the event of a divorce or death. This template is specifically designed to be easy to use, while meeting all legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Prenuptial Agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA prenuptial agreement is a legal agreement between two parties who intend to enter into marriage. The purpose of the agreement is to specify which property shall be individual property and thus exempt from a future division of property. This can include real estate, bank accounts, stocks, securities and other valuable property. By having a clear and well-worded prenuptial agreement, the parties can avoid future conflicts and ensure a fair treatment of their assets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContents of Our Prenuptial Agreement Template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties\u003c\/strong\u003e : Information about the two parties including names, social security numbers and addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBackground\u003c\/strong\u003e : An explanation of the purpose and meaning of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProperty to be single:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Real estate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Bank accounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Shares and securities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Other property such as jewellery, motor vehicles and gifts\/inheritance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOther Provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Changes in property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Validity and registration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Amendment of prenuptial agreement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSignatures\u003c\/strong\u003e : Place and date of signing and signatures of the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWitnessing\u003c\/strong\u003e : Possibility of witnessing by independent witnesses to prove the authenticity of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Legal Requirements and Practices\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e For a prenuptial agreement to be valid, it must be registered with the Swedish Tax Agency. The registration fee is SEK 275 and the original document must be submitted for registration. It is not a legal requirement that the prenuptial agreement be witnessed in Sweden, but it can be beneficial to have independent witnesses who can confirm that the agreement was signed voluntarily and without coercion. The witnesses should be over 18 years of age and impartial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Common questions and answers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. What happens if we don't have a prenuptial agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e If there is no prenuptial agreement, all property is divided equally between the parties in a divorce according to Swedish law. This includes any property not specified as separate in a prenuptial agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Can we change our prenuptial agreement later?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is possible to change a prenuptial agreement, but the changes must be made through a new written agreement that is signed by both parties and registered with the Swedish Tax Agency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. Are gifts and inheritance always private property?\u003c\/strong\u003e Gifts and inheritances can be specified as separate property in a prenuptial agreement, but if this is not done, they can be included in the division of property in a divorce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Advantages of Our Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e : Our template is easy to understand and requires no prior legal knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTime saving\u003c\/strong\u003e : Saves time compared to creating a prenuptial agreement from scratch or hiring a lawyer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCost Effective\u003c\/strong\u003e : Avoid expensive legal fees by using our affordable template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct\u003c\/strong\u003e : Designed to meet all legal requirements and ensure your prenuptial agreement is valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA prenuptial agreement is an important insurance policy to protect your assets and avoid future conflicts. With our template, you can easily and legally create a prenuptial agreement that meets all requirements. By using our product description, we hope that more couples can discover the benefits of having a prenuptial agreement and take the step towards a safer future together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e For more information on how to create a prenuptial agreement, visit our website and download our template today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48203485348182,"sku":"7350139912891","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/MarriageContract_BeforeMarriage.png?v=1717365133"},{"product_id":"enkel-aktenskapsforord-mall-engelska-word-pdf","title":"Simple Prenuptial Agreement Template (English) - Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch2\u003e Simple Prenuptial Agreement Template (English) - Word\/PDF Marriage Contract\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Product description\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eOur document template \"Simple Prenuptial Agreement Template (English) - Word\/PDF Marriage Contract\" is specially designed for couples who wish to regulate their financial relations both during the marriage and in the event of a possible divorce or death. This template makes it possible to quickly and easily create a legally correct prenuptial agreement, adapted to Swedish laws. The template is available in both Word and PDF formats, making it user-friendly and flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e What is a Prenuptial Agreement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A prenuptial agreement is a legally binding agreement between spouses or spouses-to-be that regulates how their property is to be distributed in the event of a possible division of property. By drawing up a prenuptial agreement, couples can decide that certain property should be separate and thus exempt from the joint property that is otherwise divided equally in the event of divorce or death. This can include real estate, bank accounts, shares, pension savings and other valuables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Why is a Prenuptial Agreement Needed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Property\u003c\/strong\u003e : To ensure that certain property, such as a business, inheritance or personal assets, remains separate property and is not shared in a property division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEntrepreneurs\u003c\/strong\u003e : For self-employed people, it is important to protect the company's assets from being divided in a divorce. Without a prenuptial agreement, the value of the business can be divided equally between the parties, which can have serious financial consequences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDifferent Financial Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e : If couples have different financial conditions, a prenuptial agreement can help create fairness and clarity in financial matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFuture Inheritance and Gifts\u003c\/strong\u003e : In order to protect future inheritance or gifts that you want to remain private property, you can specify this in the prenuptial agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Content of the Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction\u003c\/strong\u003e : Description of the parties and their agreement to create a prenuptial agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePersonal Property\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specification of what property is to be personal, including real estate, bank accounts, shares and other valuables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eJoint Property\u003c\/strong\u003e : All other property that is not specified as separate property shall constitute matrimonial property and be divided equally in the event of a possible division of property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eApplicable Law\u003c\/strong\u003e : The prenuptial agreement shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRegistration\u003c\/strong\u003e : Instructions for how the prenuptial agreement must be registered with the Tax Agency in order to be valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e How to use the template?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFill in Personal details\u003c\/strong\u003e : Enter the name and social security number for both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpecify Property\u003c\/strong\u003e : Detail which property should be individual and which should be shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSign the Document\u003c\/strong\u003e : Both parties must sign the document. It is also recommended to have two witnesses witness the signature, although this is not a requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegister with the Tax Agency\u003c\/strong\u003e : Submit the signed original document to the Tax Agency for registration. This is done by paying an application fee and sending the document to the Swedish Tax Agency, Marriage Registry, 871 87 Härnösand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDoes a prenuptial agreement have to be registered?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, to be valid, the prenuptial agreement must be registered with the Swedish Tax Agency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan you write a prenuptial agreement after the wedding?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a prenuptial agreement can be drawn up both before and after the wedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat if we want to change the prenuptial agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e If you want to change an already registered prenuptial agreement, you must draw up a new one and register this with the Swedish Tax Agency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat property can be made into individual property?\u003c\/strong\u003e Almost any property can be made sole proprietorship, including real estate, businesses, bank accounts, stocks and inheritances. However, it is important to specify this clearly in the prenuptial agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens to property purchased after the prenuptial agreement is written?\u003c\/strong\u003e It depends on what is written in the prenuptial agreement. You can specify that all future property must be individual or that certain property must be shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for Writing a Prenuptial Agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsult a Lawyer\u003c\/strong\u003e : It may be wise to consult a lawyer to ensure that the prenuptial agreement is properly drafted and covers all necessary aspects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBe Clear and Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e : Be careful to specify which property should be separate to avoid future disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEvaluate Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e : It may be a good idea to regularly evaluate and possibly update the prenuptial agreement to ensure that it still meets your wishes and situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eWith our \"Simple Marriage Contract Template (English) - Word\/PDF Marriage Contract\" you get a practical and easy-to-use solution for drawing up a legally correct marriage contract. By using this template, you can easily regulate your financial conditions and avoid future conflicts. It is an important investment to protect your assets and create security in your relationship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e For more information on how to create and register a prenuptial agreement, as well as to download our template, visit our website or contact us directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48203678581078,"sku":"7350139912938","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/EnkelAktenskapsforordMall_Engelska_-WordPDF.png?v=1717368318"},{"product_id":"bodelningsavtal-vid-skilsmassa-engelska-word-pdf-mall","title":"Property division agreement in case of Divorce (English) – Word\/PDF Template","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Property division agreement at Divorce - Word\/PDF Template in English (\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Division of Property Agreements)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eWhen a marriage is dissolved, a property division agreement is a necessary document that clarifies how the joint assets and debts of the spouses are to be divided. A clear and correct property division agreement helps to avoid future conflicts and ensures a fair distribution. This English property division agreement template is available in both Word and PDF formats for ease of use and customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e The meaning of a property division agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A property division agreement is essential to formally end the economic community between the spouses. According to Swedish law, it is mandatory to have a property division agreement in the event of a divorce. Without such an agreement, financial obligations may remain, which may lead to legal problems later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The benefits of a property division agreement include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFinancial Clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifies exactly how assets and liabilities are to be distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFuture Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents future claims for more property by either party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal necessity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Necessary to apply for new loans and for tax purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Contents of a property division agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e To be valid and legally binding, a property division agreement should contain the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetails of the parties:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Names, social security numbers and addresses for both spouses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBackground:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A description of why the property division is being carried out, such as divorce or death.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eList of assets and liabilities:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A detailed list of all assets (such as housing, bank accounts, mutual funds, stocks, vehicles) and liabilities (such as mortgages, consumer loans, credit card debt).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDistribution of assets and liabilities:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e How these are to be distributed between the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProperty division proceeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Any payment between the parties to balance the distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMutual agreements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Confirmation that there are no additional financial requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSignatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eSignatures of the parties, including place and date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Use of the template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e This template is designed to be easy to fill out and adapt to specific needs. Follow the steps below to create your property division agreement:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDownload the template in Word or PDF:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Choose the format that suits you best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFill in the details of the parties:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Enter name, social security number and addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescribe the background:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Briefly explain why the property division takes place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eList assets and liabilities:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Use the structured template to list all relevant assets and liabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEnter the distribution:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Specify how the assets and liabilities are to be distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetermine property division liquidation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Enter any payment between the parties to equalize the distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSignatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Make sure that both parties sign the agreement and that the date and place are indicated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently asked questions about property division agreements\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if we don't have a property division agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e Without a property division agreement, future claims on property can arise, which can lead to legal conflicts and make it difficult to apply for new loans or tax credits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDo we need a lawyer to draw up a property division agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is not mandatory to hire a lawyer, but it can be beneficial to ensure that the agreement meets all legal requirements and protects the interests of both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan we change the property division agreement after it is signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, if both parties agree, the agreement can be changed and a new agreement drawn up and signed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDoes the property division agreement have to be witnessed?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is not a legal requirement, but witnessing can reduce the risk of future forgery claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for drawing up a property division agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDocument carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gather all relevant information about assets and liabilities before you begin the division of property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBe clear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use clear and distinct wording to avoid misunderstandings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsult if necessary:\u003c\/strong\u003e ​​Consult a lawyer if you are unsure about how to distribute the assets or if you have complicated financial circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKeep originals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make sure both parties keep a copy of the signed agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Legislation and practice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e According to the Marriage Code (1987:230) and the Cohabitation Act (2003:376), property division must take place upon dissolution of marriage or cohabitation. The law gives the parties freedom of agreement to agree on how the property should be distributed, but it is important to document the agreement in a written agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Property division must take place as soon as possible after the dissolution of the relationship to avoid future financial claims and legal problems. A property division agreement should be drawn up in close connection with the divorce or death to accurately reflect the current financial circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eHaving a clear and well-drafted property division agreement is essential to avoid future disputes and ensure a fair distribution of assets and liabilities in the event of a divorce or separation. This English property division agreement template in Word and PDF is designed to be easy to use and customizable, making the process smoother for all parties involved. By following the template and the given instructions, you can quickly and easily create a legally binding document that protects your interests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e For further information and guidance, it is recommended that you consult a lawyer with experience in family law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48203768987990,"sku":"7350139912952","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/BodelningsavtalSkilsmassa-Mall_Engelska.png?v=1717371357"},{"product_id":"template-engelska","title":"Power of attorney for CEO Branch Template (English) Word\/PDF Swedish Law","description":"\u003ch2\u003e Product description for Document template: Power of Attorney for CEO of Branch (English)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our document template \"Power of Attorney for CEO for Branch\" is the perfect solution for companies that establish a branch in Sweden and need to give power of attorney to their CEO. The template is carefully designed according to Swedish legislation and can be downloaded immediately after purchase. It is delivered in Word, PDF and Excel formats to ensure maximum flexibility and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Product details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e This document template is designed to meet the legal requirements in Sweden and provides VD\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e for a branch authority to act on behalf of the company. The template contains all the necessary clauses and provisions required to ensure that the power of attorney is valid and effective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Approved\u003c\/strong\u003e : The template is designed in accordance with Swedish legislation, which ensures that it meets all legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e : The document is easy to fill out and can be adapted to specific needs and requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Format\u003c\/strong\u003e : Delivered in Word, PDF and Excel formats to suit all needs and preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download\u003c\/strong\u003e : Available for instant download after purchase, saving time and effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetailed Guidance\u003c\/strong\u003e : Includes detailed instructions and examples to facilitate the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Contents of the Document Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction and Definition of the Parties\u003c\/strong\u003e : Names and addresses of both the main company and the CEO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e for the branch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePowers\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specific list of what powers are given to the CEO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e , including but not limited to representation, management, financial transactions and legal actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRestrictions\u003c\/strong\u003e : Clear restrictions to protect the main company's interests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValidity period and Revocation\u003c\/strong\u003e : Time frame for the validity of the power of attorney and how it can be revoked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eApplicable Law\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specification that the document is governed by Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSignatures and Witnesses\u003c\/strong\u003e : Requirement of signatures from authorized parties and any witnesses to ensure validity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Relevant Laws and Legislation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e To ensure that the power of attorney is legally binding and correct according to Swedish law, the following laws and acts should be taken into account:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates how contracts and powers of attorney are drawn up and what requirements are set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Accounting Act (1999:1078)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Rules for accounting as CEO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Must follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAktiebolagslagen (2005:551)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Rules on how companies must be governed and what powers the CEO has\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Companies and Simple Companies Act (1980:1102)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates the operations of branches of foreign companies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAct on branches of foreign companies (1992:160)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specific legislation that regulates branches of foreign companies in Sweden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. What is a power of attorney?\u003c\/strong\u003e A power of attorney is a legal document that gives one person (the power of attorney) the right to act and make decisions on behalf of another person (the power of attorney).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2. Why does a CEO of a branch need a power of attorney?\u003c\/strong\u003e CEO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e need a power of attorney to legally represent and make decisions for the branch in Sweden. This includes entering into contracts, handling bank transactions and other business documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. How long is a power of attorney valid?\u003c\/strong\u003e The power of attorney's validity period is determined by what is stated in the document. It can be until further notice or for a specific period of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. Can a power of attorney be revoked?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a power of attorney can be revoked at any time by the power of attorney. This should be done in writing and properly documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Does the power of attorney have to be witnessed?\u003c\/strong\u003e In some cases, such as real estate transactions, the power of attorney is required to be witnessed by two independent persons. However, this is not a requirement for all types of powers of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Tips for Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCustomize the Document\u003c\/strong\u003e : Make sure all the specific details for your company and the branch are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsult a Lawyer\u003c\/strong\u003e : Although the template is legally designed, it may be good to have a lawyer review the document before using it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKeep Copies\u003c\/strong\u003e : Keep a copy of the signed power of attorney in the company's archives and a copy with the CEO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e for the branch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e This is how you use the document template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDownload the document\u003c\/strong\u003e : After purchase, you can download the template in Word, PDF or Excel format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFill in Information\u003c\/strong\u003e : Enter all necessary information such as name, address, authority and validity period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview and Sign\u003c\/strong\u003e : Have authorized people review and sign the document. If necessary, include witnesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSave and Archive\u003c\/strong\u003e : Keep the signed power of attorney in a safe place and share copies with relevant parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our \"Power of Attorney to CEO for Branch\" template is a comprehensive and user-friendly solution for companies that need to give power of attorney to their CEO in order to legally operate in Sweden. With clear instructions, legal compliance and flexibility in format, this template offers everything you need to quickly and efficiently draw up a valid power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48240724738390,"sku":"7350139913768","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/MallforFullmakttillVD_Filial_Engelska.png?v=1720687797"},{"product_id":"protokoll-for-styrelsemote-engelska-aktiebolag-mall","title":"Minutes for Board meeting (English) - Limited company Template","description":"\u003cp\u003e Accurately documenting board meetings is a critical aspect of corporate governance and administration. Board Meeting Minutes (English) - Joint Stock Company Template is a professionally designed document template that helps companies ensure that their board meeting minutes are legally binding and comply with applicable laws and practices. This template is specifically designed for limited companies in Sweden but is in English, making it ideal for international companies or companies with English-speaking board members.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Features and Benefits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegal Correctness\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e The template is designed according to Swedish legislation, which guarantees that it meets all requirements to be legally binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n \u003cli\u003eAdapted to meet the specific needs of limited companies, including requirements for documentation and decision-making processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAvailability and Format\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Available for immediate download after purchase, which means you can quickly get started with your documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Supplied in both Word and PDF formats to offer maximum flexibility. The Word format allows for easy editing, while the PDF format ensures that the document retains its original appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEase of Use\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Clear instructions and examples to help users fill out the template correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Professionally designed layout that makes it easy to follow and understand the different sections of the protocol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Use and Application\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e This template can be used to document all types of board meetings, including regular meetings, extraordinary general meetings, and strategic planning meetings. It is particularly useful for businesses that need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Document decisions and resolutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eFollow up on previous meeting decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Ensure all discussions and decisions are properly documented for future reference and legal verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. Is the template suitable for all types of companies?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, this specific template is adapted for limited companies according to Swedish legislation. For other forms of business, adjustments or specific templates may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2. Do I need any special software to use the template?\u003c\/strong\u003e You need either Microsoft Word or a compatible word processor to edit the Word document. The PDF format can be opened with any PDF reader.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. Is the template updated according to the latest legislation?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is designed according to the latest Swedish legislation and practice for limited companies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for Effective Use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePre-meeting preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e : Ensure that all board members receive a copy of the agenda and relevant materials well in advance of the meeting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the template during the meeting\u003c\/strong\u003e : Document decisions and discussions in real time to ensure accuracy and detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAfter the meeting\u003c\/strong\u003e : Review and adjust the minutes before circulating them for approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Relevant Legislation and Practice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e According to Swedish law, limited companies are required to document all board meetings and decision-making processes carefully. This is regulated under the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551), which stipulates how minutes must be kept and preserved. The documentation must contain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Date and place of the meeting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Names of present and absent board members.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Decisions made and any voting results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Responsible for following up on decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Termination\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eBy using Board Meeting Minutes (English) - Joint Stock Company Template, your company can ensure that all board meeting minutes are properly documented and legally binding. This template offers simplicity, flexibility and legal correctness, making it an invaluable tool for any limited company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Download the template today and ensure your company's board meetings are documented professionally and accurately!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48240727851350,"sku":"7350139913065","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/ProtokollforStyrelsemote-AktiebolagMall_Engelska_1.png?v=1717882285"},{"product_id":"protokoll-arsstamma-aktiebolag-engelska-mall","title":"Annual General Meeting Minutes Template (English) – Swedish Limited Company","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur document template for minutes at annual general meetings in limited companies is designed to meet all requirements according to Swedish legislation and practice, but in English. This template is an indispensable tool for companies that need to document their annual general meetings in an accurate and legally binding manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Format and Accessibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eFormat\u003c\/strong\u003e : Available for download in both Word and PDF formats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download\u003c\/strong\u003e : The template can be downloaded immediately after purchase, which means you can quickly get started creating your protocol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Advantages of Our Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e : Easy to fill out with clear instructions and examples that make it easy to adapt the template to your company's specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct\u003c\/strong\u003e : The template is designed by experts in Swedish company law to ensure that all necessary information and formalities are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e : With both Word and PDF formats, you can easily edit the document on your computer or use a ready-made PDF template for manual filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat are minutes for the annual general meeting?\u003c\/strong\u003e A protocol is a formal document that gives an account of the decisions made during an annual general meeting in a limited company. It contains details of the meeting date, participants, decisions and any attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIs this template adapted to Swedish legislation?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is specifically designed to comply with Swedish company law, but in English, making it ideal for companies with international operations or foreign board members.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHow often should an annual general meeting be held?\u003c\/strong\u003e According to Swedish law, limited liability companies must hold an annual general meeting at least once a year to review and approve the company's annual report and decide on any dividends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e How to Use the Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload the Template\u003c\/strong\u003e : Buy and download the template in the format that suits you best (Word or PDF).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eFill in Information\u003c\/strong\u003e : Follow the instructions to fill in company-specific information, such as date, location, participants and decisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSave and Share\u003c\/strong\u003e : When the protocol is complete, you can save it digitally and share it with relevant parties, or print it for physical archiving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Relevant Legal Requirements and Practice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e According to the Companies Act (ABL) in Sweden, every annual general meeting must be documented with minutes that must be signed by the chairman of the meeting. The protocol should include the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Date and place of the meeting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Present shareholders and representatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Decisions made, including election of board members and approval of the annual report\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Any attachments and documents presented during the meeting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for Effective Documentation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e : Make sure to have all the necessary information and documentation ready before the AGM to streamline the process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e : Be thorough in documenting all decisions and discussions to avoid future ambiguities or legal issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCheck\u003c\/strong\u003e : Feel free to have a legal advisor review the record to ensure it meets all legal requirements and is filled out correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Purchase process and Support\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Buying our document template is easy and secure. After completing the purchase, you get direct access to the download link for the template. If you have any questions or need support, our customer service is available to assist you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Why Choose Mallbutiken?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eAt the Mallbutiken, we strive to offer high-quality, legally correct document templates that simplify administration for companies and individuals. Our templates are created by legal experts and are continuously updated to comply with current legislation and practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Summary\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Using our English template for minutes at annual general meetings in limited companies means that you get a professional and legally correct documentation of your company's most important meetings. With instant download and ease of use, you save time and ensure your business complies with all legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48240802660694,"sku":"7350139913089","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/ProtokollarsstammaAktiebolag_Engelska_-Mall.png?v=1717883370"},{"product_id":"sekretessavtal-engelska","title":"Confidentiality Agreement English Template - Non-Disclosure Agreement ","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"flex flex-grow flex-col max-w-full\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"min-h-[20px] text-message flex flex-col items-start whitespace-pre-wrap break-words [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-5 juice:w-full juice:items-end overflow-x-auto gap-2\" dir=\"auto\" data-message-id=\"d8cf23d9-665c-47a5-84fe-7f38ef545c94\" data-message-author-role=\"assistant\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 juice:empty:hidden juice:first:pt-[3px]\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose w-full break-words dark:prose-invert dark\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template - Product Description\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Description:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template is a professionally designed document template available for immediate download after purchase. The template is offered in both Word and PDF formats to ensure maximum flexibility and ease of use. This confidentiality agreement is designed according to Swedish legislation and practice but is in English, which makes it ideal for both Swedish and international collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a non-disclosure agreement (NDA)?\u003c\/strong\u003e A nondisclosure agreement, also known as a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA), is a legally binding contract used to protect confidential information. It is often used in business contexts where parties need to share sensitive information with each other, such as trade secrets, research and development projects, or customer lists, but want to ensure that the information is not disseminated or misused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures and Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Protection of Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template helps you clearly define what information is confidential and ensures that all parties are aware of their obligations to protect this information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our template is designed in accordance with current legislation and practice to ensure that it is legally binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e With versions in both Word and PDF, you can easily edit and adapt the document to your specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e After purchase, you can immediately download the template and start using it right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTime saving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Save time and resources by using a ready-made template instead of creating a document from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContents of the Template:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eParties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identification of the parties involved in the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition of Confidential Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of what information is to be considered confidential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCommitments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Description of the parties' commitments to protect the confidential information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eExceptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifying which information is not covered by the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eValidity period:\u003c\/strong\u003e Determination of how long the agreement will be valid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegal Penalties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of the legal consequences for breach of the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions (FAQ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. Why do I need a confidentiality agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e A confidentiality agreement protects sensitive information and prevents it from being disseminated or used inappropriately. It creates a legal obligation on the recipient to keep the information confidential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Can I use this template for international business?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is in English and designed according to Swedish legislation, which makes it suitable for both Swedish and international business collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. How do I edit the template?\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is in Word format, making it easy to edit and customize to your specific needs. The PDF version can be used to share the finished version of the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. What happens if someone violates the confidentiality agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e If anyone violates the agreement, the legal penalties specified in the agreement may be applied, which may include financial compensation for any damages incurred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. How long does it take to create a nondisclosure agreement with this template?\u003c\/strong\u003e Using this ready-made template can save significant time compared to creating a document from scratch. You can have a complete and legally binding agreement in place within a short period of time after customizing the template to your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant Legislation and Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is designed in accordance with current Swedish legislation and practice to ensure that it is legally correct and binding. It is important to comply with relevant laws and regulations to ensure that the agreement is valid and enforceable in a legal dispute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTips for Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCustomize the template:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be sure to fill in all the relevant information and customize the template according to your specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSeek legal advice:\u003c\/strong\u003e If necessary, consult with a lawyer to ensure that all legal aspects are properly handled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a copy of the signed agreement in a safe place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePurchase and Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e To purchase and download this Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template, visit our product page. After purchase, you can immediately download the template in both Word and PDF format and start using it right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e This Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template is a valuable tool for protecting sensitive information and ensuring that your trade secrets remain confidential. With a legally correct and user-friendly template, you can quickly and easily create a binding agreement that meets your needs. Whether you are a business owner, researcher or entrepreneur, this template is an indispensable tool to protect your valuable information. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48241020404054,"sku":"7350139913102","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/Sekretessavtal_NDA_Mall.png?v=1717887797"},{"product_id":"samaganderattsavtal-mall-engelska-joint-ownership-agreement-template","title":"Joint Ownership Agreement Template English (Joint Ownership Agreement Template)","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Product description: Joint Ownership Agreement Template English (Joint Ownership Agreement Template)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction\u003c\/strong\u003e Owning property jointly with others can present legal challenges. A well-drafted Joint Ownership Agreement is essential to ensure that all parties understand their rights and obligations. Our joint ownership agreement template in English is carefully designed to comply with Swedish legislation and practice. It is available for immediate download in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to customize and use right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenefits of using our template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegal correctness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our templates are designed by experts and follow current Swedish legislation and practice, which guarantees that your agreement is legally correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to edit and adapt to specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTime saving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Instead of creating an agreement from scratch, you can use our template to quickly and efficiently draw up a professional document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCost-effective:\u003c\/strong\u003e For an affordable price, you get a high-quality template that can be used multiple times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContents of the template\u003c\/strong\u003e Our joint ownership agreement template contains all the necessary elements to create a comprehensive and detailed agreement. Below is an overview of the most important parts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties to the agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e A clear definition of all parties included in the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProperty Description:\u003c\/strong\u003e A detailed description of the jointly owned property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDistribution of shares:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specification of how ownership is distributed between the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUse of the property:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rules for how the property is to be used by the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance and costs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of responsibility for maintenance and how costs are to be distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSale and transfer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provisions for how a party can sell or transfer its interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDispute Resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanisms for handling disputes between the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContract period and termination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conditions for the contract period and how the contract can be terminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions (FAQ)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a co-ownership agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e A co-ownership agreement is a legal document that regulates the ownership and management of jointly owned property between two or more parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhy do I need a co-ownership agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e A joint ownership agreement helps avoid misunderstandings and disputes by clearly defining the rights and obligations of the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan I change the template after download?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is available in editable formats (Word and PDF), making it easy to customize to your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the template legally binding?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, when properly completed and signed by all parties, the agreement is legally binding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTips for drawing up a co-ownership agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCommunication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Discuss all important points with your co-owners before completing the agreement to ensure everyone is in agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDetail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be as detailed as possible when describing the ownership and allocation of responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProfessional advice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Consider consulting a lawyer to review the agreement before signing, especially if significant assets are involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant legislation and practice\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-ownership is mainly regulated by Swedish law, specifically the Act (1904:48 s.1) on co-ownership. This law establishes basic principles for the management and disposal of jointly owned property. Key points include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecisions on management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Agreement between all co-owners is required for decisions on management of the common property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompulsory sale:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any co-owner may request that the property be sold by public auction if agreement on sale cannot be reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLiability of the co-owners:\u003c\/strong\u003e The co-owners are jointly and severally liable for maintenance and management costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePurchase information\u003c\/strong\u003e After purchase, the template is available for immediate download. The delivery takes place digitally and contains files in both Word and PDF format. This ensures that you can quickly and easily start using the template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e Our joint ownership agreement template in English is an invaluable resource for anyone who owns property jointly. It is designed to be legally correct, easy to use and customize, and cost effective. By using our template, you can ensure that all aspects of co-ownership are clearly defined and agreed, reducing the risk of future disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48245123940694,"sku":"7350139913157","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/SamaganderattsavtalMallEngelska_JointOwnershipAgreementTemplate_PDFWord.png?v=1718010170"},{"product_id":"gavobrev-pengar-engelska-gift-deed","title":"Gift Deed for Money (English) Template - Gift Deed Template","description":"\u003cp\u003eDownload a valid gift certificate template in English and secure your cash gift according to Swedish law – ready to fill out in five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e Why choose our template?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003e100% legally correct\u003c\/strong\u003e – adapted to the Swedish Inheritance Code, Chapter 6 and the Swedish Civil Code, Chapter 7.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English (perfect for international recipients and banks).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (.docx) for easy editing + PDF for printing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eDirect download\u003c\/strong\u003e after purchase – no waiting times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSave thousands of shillings\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to a lawyer - price only 49 SEK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e This is included in the template\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Checkboxes for \u003cem\u003eAdvance on Inheritance\u003c\/em\u003e .\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cem\u003eSeparate Property\u003c\/em\u003e Clause.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Fields for all parties, amount (SEK) and date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Recommended witness section for increased evidentiary value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e How it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Purchase and download the files directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Open the Word document, fill in the fields and save.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Print, sign and – if necessary – have two witnesses co-sign.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e Frequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e Does a gift deed have to be witnessed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e No, not for money, but witnesses increase the strength of evidence – especially in international transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e Does the template apply outside Sweden?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The template is designed according to Swedish law but written in English - consult locally if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e“Clear, simple and saved us expensive lawyer time!”\u003c\/strong\u003e – Verified customer, 2025-05-12\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cem\u003eLast updated: June 7, 2025 • Mallbutiken.se • Legally reviewed content\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product structured data --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48246472180054,"sku":"7350139913140","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/GavobrevforPengarPDFWord_1.png?v=1718009652"},{"product_id":"gavobrev-mall-los-egendom-engelska-gift-deed-template-movable-property","title":"Gift Deed Template - Movable Property (English) Gift Deed Template - Movable Property","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProduct: Gift Deed Template for Movable Property (Word \u0026amp; PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Giving a gift is a generous act that can have many purposes – from helping a loved one to passing on property to future generations. With our professionally designed movable property gift letter template, you ensure that all legal aspects are handled correctly, even in English. The template is available for direct download in both Word and PDF formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhy do you need a gift letter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA gift deed is a legal document used to formally transfer ownership of property from one person to another. This document can be crucial to avoid future misunderstandings and disputes and to clarify the conditions and nature of the donation. By using a correctly drawn up deed of gift in accordance with Swedish legislation (Gåvolagen, Äktenskapsbalken etc.) it is ensured that the transfer is valid and binding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in our gift letter template?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our gift letter template is comprehensive and includes all the necessary elements to create a complete and legally binding document in English. Here are some of the important components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInformation about the donor and recipient\u003c\/strong\u003e : Full names, social security numbers and addresses for both donor and recipient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eDetailed description of the transferred property\u003c\/strong\u003e : Inclusion of all relevant identifying details such as serial number, value and specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eClear and clear description of any conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specify whether the gift is to be the individual property of the recipient or if other conditions apply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSignatures and witnesses\u003c\/strong\u003e : Section for signatures from both donor and recipient as well as two witnesses, which is required by Swedish law to prove the validity of the document.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenefits of using our template:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eEnsures legality\u003c\/strong\u003e : Our template is designed according to current Swedish legislation and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTime saving\u003c\/strong\u003e : Quick and easy to fill out, saving time compared to creating a gift letter from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eFlexible and Customizable\u003c\/strong\u003e : The template can be easily edited to suit specific needs and circumstances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInstant access\u003c\/strong\u003e : After purchase, the template can be downloaded directly in both Word and PDF formats for immediate use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions (FAQ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. What is a gift letter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA gift deed is a legal document that formalizes the transfer of ownership from a donor to a recipient. It is used to ensure that the gift is transferred in a legal and transparent manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2. Why are witnesses needed when drawing up a gift deed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e According to Swedish law, two witnesses are required to certify that the document has been signed by the donor and the recipient in their right mind. This helps prevent future disputes about the authenticity of the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. Can I use this template for real estate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e No, this template is specifically designed for personal property. For the transfer of real estate, other specific documents and legal procedures are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. Can I add my own conditions to the gift letter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Yes, our template is fully editable and you can add your own terms and conditions to suit your specific needs and circumstances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant legislation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gift Act (1936:83)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates the validity of the gift and the form requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eThe Marriage Code (1987:230)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates how gifts are treated in relation to marriage and property division.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates the form and content of the contract.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTips for completing the template:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Ensure that all donor and recipient information is correct and complete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Describe the transferred property as accurately as possible to avoid ambiguities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Check that all terms and conditions are clearly stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Make sure the document is signed by two independent witnesses to ensure its validity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48246736748886,"sku":"7350139913201","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/GavobrevMall-LosEgendom_Engelska_GiftDeedTemplate-MovableProperty.png?v=1718012277"},{"product_id":"gavobrev-for-fastighet-mall-engelska-deed-of-gift-for-property","title":"Deed of Gift for Property Template (English) Deed of Gift for Property","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Deed of Gift for Property Template (English) Deed of Gift for Property\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Welcome to the ultimate solution for the transfer of real estate by gift - our professionally designed document template for Deed of Gift for Real Estate. This template is carefully constructed to meet all legal requirements and ensure a smooth and accurate transfer of property from donor to recipient. Available in both Word and PDF formats, this template can be downloaded immediately after purchase, making the process quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Gift Certificate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A gift deed is a formal legal document used to give away ownership of real estate or other property without any monetary consideration. This document is often used within families or close friends to transfer real estate or assets out of love and affection. The gift deed must meet specific formal requirements to be valid and legally binding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContent and Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eOur Gift Deed for Property template includes the following important sections:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDonor and Recipient:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Name, social security number and address for both the donor and the recipient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescription of the Gift:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Detailed description of the property including property designation, address and value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConditions for the Gift:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Clarifications that the property shall constitute the individual property of the recipient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Right of use for the donor (e.g. right to use the property during certain periods).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Taking over any loans on the property with the bank's approval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Indication of the gift must be seen as an advance on inheritance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eProhibition of transfer:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Specifying whether the recipient may transfer the property without the donor's written consent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTransfer and Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Date of transfer and access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWitness and Signatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Names and signatures of two witnesses who are not related to the donor or recipient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Legal Aspects:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eForm requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deed of gift must be in writing and contain all the necessary information such as the names and social security numbers of the parties, a description of the gift and its value, the date of the transfer and signatures of both the gift giver and recipient. It must also be witnessed by two persons who are not parties to the transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTitle deed:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recipient must apply for title deed to the Land Survey within three months of the gift. The application must be accompanied by the deed of gift and other relevant documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTaxes and Fees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Property tax and any fees may be added depending on the type of transfer and the value of the gift. It is important to consult with a tax specialist to ensure that all taxable aspects are handled correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages of Using Our Template:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfessionally Designed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our template is created by legal experts to ensure it meets all necessary legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEase of Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is easy to fill out and edit, saving time and effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both Word and PDF formats for easy download and customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Download immediately after purchase and use the template as many times as you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions (FAQ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a gift letter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A gift deed is a legal document used to transfer ownership of a property from one person to another without any monetary consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat requirements must a gift letter meet?\u003c\/strong\u003e The gift deed must be in writing, contain the names and social security numbers of the parties, a description of the gift and its value, the date of the transfer and the signatures of both the gift giver and the recipient. It must also be witnessed by two people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between individual property and community property?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sole ownership means that the property belongs only to the recipient and is not shared with a partner, while joint ownership means that the property is shared with the recipient's partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply for deed?\u003c\/strong\u003e The recipient must apply for deed at the Land Survey within three months of the gift, together with the deed of gift and other relevant documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan I transfer the property without the donor's consent?\u003c\/strong\u003e It depends on the terms stated in the gift deed. If there is a prohibition on assignment, the recipient must have the donor's written consent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eUsing our template for Gift Deeds for Real Estate ensures that your real estate transfer takes place in a correct and legally binding manner. By following the specified guidelines and including all necessary information, you can avoid potential legal problems in the future. Invest in this high-quality template today and make your property transfer easy and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48246823059798,"sku":"7350139913218","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/GavobrevforFastighetMall_Engelska_DeedofGiftforProperty.png?v=1718012995"},{"product_id":"gavobrev-bostadsratt-mall-engelska-deed-of-gift-for-cooperative-apartment","title":"Deed of Gift Housing Title Template (English) Deed of Gift for Cooperative Apartment","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Deed of Gift Bostadsrätt Template (English) – Deed of Gift for Cooperative Apartment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Product description\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eThis carefully designed document template, \"Gåvobrev Bostadsrätt Template (English) – Deed of Gift for Cooperative Apartment\", is an indispensable resource for those who wish to gift a condominium in accordance with Swedish legislation. The template is designed to meet all legal requirements and ensures that the transfer is properly documented and legally binding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures and Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eComplete and Customizable:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e The template is provided in both Word and PDF formats, giving you the flexibility to customize the document to your specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e You can easily edit the text, add your own terms or adjust details to fit the unique situation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e The document is designed in accordance with current Swedish legislation and practice, which guarantees that the transfer complies with all necessary rules and regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n \u003cli\u003eLegal terms and wording are carefully reviewed by experts to ensure that the document is legally binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUser friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Instructions and guidance are included to help you complete the template correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e No legal background is required to use the template, making it accessible to everyone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e After purchase, the template is immediately available for download, which means you can start working on your document immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContent and Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The template contains all the necessary parts to create a valid deed of gift for a condominium:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Explains the purpose of the gift letter and the parties involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Details of the giver and receiver of the gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGift item:\u003c\/strong\u003e Description of the condominium that is being given away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTerms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any terms or conditions attached to the gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSignatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space for signatures of both donor and recipient, as well as any witnesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions (FAQ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a gift letter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A gift deed is a legal document used to transfer ownership of a condominium from one person to another without the recipient paying anything for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to register the gift certificate somewhere?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in order for the deed of gift to be valid, it is often required to be registered with the condominium association and sometimes with the land surveyor, depending on the type of condominium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan I put conditions on the gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, you can include specific conditions that the recipient must meet in order to receive or keep the gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if one of the parties does not comply with the terms of the gift deed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Failure to meet the terms may result in the gift being returned to the donor or other legal action may be taken depending on how the terms are worded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDouble-check all information:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make sure all personal information and condominium details are correct before filling out the form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsult a lawyer:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are unsure about any legal term or wording, it is always a good idea to consult a lawyer to ensure that everything is correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKeep the document safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e After the gift certificate is signed and registered, you should keep it in a safe place and possibly have digital copies as a backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant Legislation and Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Gift certificates for condominiums are mainly regulated by Swedish property law and condominium legislation. It is important that all parts of the document meet the requirements to avoid possible legal complications in the future. A properly designed template can facilitate the process and ensure that the gift is handled according to the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eWith \"Gåvobrev Bostadsrätt Template (English) - Deed of Gift for Cooperative Apartment\" you get a comprehensive and user-friendly document template that simplifies the process of donating a condominium. By using this template, you can feel confident that your gift deed is legally correct and that the transfer takes place smoothly and in accordance with all regulations. Download the template today and ensure proper handling of your gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48246905602390,"sku":"7350139913225","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/GavobrevBostadsrattMall_Engelska_DeedofGiftforCooperativeApartment.png?v=1718013868"},{"product_id":"fullmakt-att-inga-avtal-engelska-mall-power-of-attorney-to-enter-into-agreements","title":"Power of Attorney to Enter into Agreements (English) – Swedish Law","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePower of Attorney to Enter into Agreements (English) – Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language power of attorney template is designed for individuals and businesses that need to authorise another person to negotiate, enter into or sign agreements on their behalf in a Swedish legal context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the template helps define\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe principal granting the authority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe authorised representative,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewhich contracts or transactions are covered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efinancial or contractual limits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe period of validity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eapplicable instructions and signatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet clear limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mandate should be precise enough for the representative and the counterparty to understand what may be done. If authority is limited to a particular agreement, counterparty, transaction value or time period, state that clearly in the final document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor business and private use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can be adapted for commercial contracts, service arrangements, purchases and other situations where a representative needs authority to contract in the principal's name. Companies should also ensure that the person granting the authority is entitled to bind the company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck recipient requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bank, authority, contractual counterparty or other recipient may require a particular form, original document, identification process or corporate authorisation. Verify those requirements before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish law.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis template is general documentation support and does not replace individual legal advice for complex or high-value transactions.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48270132117846,"sku":"7350139913249","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/FullmaktattingaavtalMall_Engelska_PowerofAttorneytoEnterintoAgreements.png?v=1718295934"},{"product_id":"fullmakt-domstols-och-myndighetsarenden-mall-engelska-1","title":"Power of Attorney for Court and Government Authority Matters (English)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePower of Attorney for Court and Government Authority Matters – English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language power of attorney template is designed for use in Sweden when a principal needs to authorise another person to act on their behalf in specified court, administrative or government-authority matters. It is supplied in editable Word format and print-ready PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the document can define\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe principal and authorised representative,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe matters and authorities covered by the mandate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewhich documents the representative may submit or receive,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewhether the representative may sign or make statements on the principal's behalf,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003elimits, conditions and period of validity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esignatures and identification details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecify the scope carefully\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA court, authority or other recipient should be able to understand exactly what the representative is authorised to do. Avoid language that is broader than necessary and check whether the recipient requires an original power of attorney, identification, a specific form or other supporting documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish language – Swedish legal context\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is written in English for users who need an English working document in Sweden. It is not a foreign-law court authorisation and does not override procedural rules or authority-specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish law.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSome court proceedings or authority matters may require special representation rules. Verify the recipient's requirements before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48272716202326,"sku":"7350139913263","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/FullmaktDomstolsochMyndighetsarendenMall_Engelska_1_7c8ca2e7-410f-4f8f-954b-47e6984e4249.png?v=1718325141"},{"product_id":"fullmakt-for-viss-aktivitet-mall-engelska-power-of-attorney-specific-activity","title":"Power of Attorney for a Specific Activity (English) – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePower of Attorney for a Specific Activity – English template under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis downloadable power of attorney template is designed for situations where a person or business needs to authorise someone else to perform a clearly defined task or act on their behalf for a limited purpose. The document is intended for use under Swedish law and is supplied in editable Word format and print-ready PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is this template useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA specific power of attorney can be appropriate when you do not want to grant broad or general authority. Instead, the mandate can be limited to a particular transaction, administrative matter, meeting, purchase, collection, signing task or other defined activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the template helps you document\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe identity and contact details of the principal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe identity of the authorised representative,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe exact activity or matter covered by the authority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eany limits or conditions on the representative's authority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe period of validity or a specific end date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einstructions on signing and use of the document.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy a narrowly drafted power of attorney matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scope should be clear enough for the representative and the third party receiving the document to understand what may and may not be done. A limited mandate can reduce the risk of misunderstandings compared with a broadly worded general power of attorney.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter the principal's and representative's details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDescribe the authorised activity precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd any limits, conditions and period of validity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the wording before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide the document to the representative and, where relevant, the third party that will rely on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a general document template and not a future power of attorney under the Swedish Future Powers of Attorney Act. Banks, authorities, courts and other organisations may also require their own forms, identification procedures or original documents. Check the recipient's requirements before relying on the template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish law.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe template is general information and documentation support and does not replace individual legal advice where the mandate is complex, high-value or disputed.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48272745398614,"sku":"7350139913287","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/FullmaktvissaktivetetMall_Engelska.png?v=1718326046"},{"product_id":"aterkallelse-av-fullmakt-mall-engelska-revocation-of-power-of-attorney","title":"Revocation of Power of Attorney Template (English)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevocation of Power of Attorney Template (English) – Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language template helps a principal document the revocation of a power of attorney previously issued under a Swedish legal context. It is supplied in editable Word format and print-ready PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the revocation can contain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edetails of the principal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edetails of the authorised representative,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eidentification of the original power of attorney,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe date from which the authority is revoked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einstructions concerning return or cancellation of original documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esignature and delivery information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy notification matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSigning a revocation is only one part of the practical process. Banks, authorities, counterparties and other third parties that have seen or relied on the original power of attorney may need to be informed. Follow any recipient-specific procedure and, where possible, recover or clearly cancel original documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish language – Swedish legal context\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document is written in English for users who need an English working version in Sweden. It does not convert the underlying mandate into a foreign-law document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish law.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe effect of revocation can depend on the type of power of attorney and whether relevant third parties have been notified. Obtain individual advice where necessary.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48272774463830,"sku":"7350139913300","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/AterkallelseavfullmaktMall_Engelska_RevocationofPowerofAttorney.png?v=1718326914"},{"product_id":"aktiebok-mall-engelska-share-register-pdf-excel-word","title":"Share Register Template (English) – PDF\/Excel\/Word","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShare Register Template (English) – PDF\/Excel\/Word\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language share register template is intended for Swedish limited companies that need to maintain shareholder and shareholding information in English. The package is supplied in Excel, Word and PDF and can be adapted to the company's ownership structure and administrative routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the share register can record\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eshareholder names and identifying details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eshare numbers or ranges,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003enumber of shares held,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eshare classes where applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edates and details of ownership changes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003enotes relevant to the company's share administration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDesigned for Swedish company administration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is an English-language tool for a Swedish corporate-law context. The company remains responsible for keeping its share register accurate, current and consistent with the actual ownership and the documentation supporting share issues and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMultiple formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/strong\u003e is useful for ongoing digital administration. \u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a fully editable document format, while \u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for printing and archiving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter the company's details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecord each shareholder and shareholding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate the register whenever ownership changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep relevant transfer and corporate documentation with the company's records.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e XLSX, DOCX and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish limited companies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eComplex ownership structures, multiple share classes or special transfer restrictions may require additional documentation or professional advice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48288460865878,"sku":"7350139913324","price":29.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/AktiebokMall_Engelska_-ShareRegister_1.png?v=1718549184"},{"product_id":"kallelse-till-arsstamma-mall-engelska-aktiebolag-notice-of-annual-general-meeting","title":"Notice of Annual General Meeting Template (English) – Swedish Limited Company","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNotice of Annual General Meeting – English template for a Swedish limited company\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language template helps a Swedish limited company prepare a clear and professional notice convening its annual general meeting. It is supplied in editable Word format and print-ready PDF and can be adapted to the company's articles of association, meeting arrangements and agenda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the template includes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ecompany and meeting details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edate, time and place of the annual general meeting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einformation for shareholders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea structured agenda covering the ordinary AGM matters,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003espace for company-specific resolutions and additional agenda items,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esigning and issue information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy the notice matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annual general meeting is a central part of the governance of a Swedish limited company. The notice should be issued in the manner and within the time limits that apply to the company. The company's articles of association and the Swedish Companies Act must therefore be checked before the final notice is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdapt the agenda to the company\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template provides a practical starting structure, but the final agenda must reflect the matters that will actually be considered. Depending on the company, this can include adoption of the income statement and balance sheet, allocation of profit or loss, discharge from liability, board and auditor matters, remuneration and other shareholder resolutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish language – Swedish legal context\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is written in English for Swedish companies with international shareholders, directors or advisers. It is a language version for use in a Swedish corporate-law context and is not a UK, US or other foreign-law AGM notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish limited company.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlways verify the applicable notice period, method of notice, articles of association and meeting-specific requirements before sending the final notice.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48289890369878,"sku":"7350139913355","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/KallelseTillArsstammaMall_Engelska_Aktiebolag-NoticeofAnnualGeneralMeeting.png?v=1718588257"},{"product_id":"anmalan-om-gemensam-bostad-mall-engelska-word-pdf","title":"Notification of Shared Residence Template (English) – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNotification of Shared Residence Template (English) – Word\/PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis English-language template is intended for cohabitants in Sweden who need a structured document concerning notification of a shared residence. It is supplied in editable Word format and print-ready PDF and is designed for use in a Swedish legal context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the template helps you document\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe parties' identifying and contact details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einformation about the residence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe parties' relationship to the property,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe purpose of the notification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esignatures and dates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esupporting information that may be required for the relevant process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck the applicable registration requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact legal effect and registration process depend on the property and the parties' circumstances. Before submitting any document, verify the current requirements of the relevant authority and whether additional forms, identification or supporting documents are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor cohabitants under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended as practical documentation support in situations connected with a shared home and Swedish cohabitation law. It should not be treated as a substitute for a cohabitation agreement, deed of transfer or other document where those are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) and PDF.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e English.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e digital download; no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eProperty and cohabitation matters can have significant legal consequences. Obtain individual advice if ownership, financing, separation or inheritance issues are complex.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48308040073558,"sku":"7350139913362","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/Anmalanomgemensambostad_Engelska.png?v=1718755384"}],"url":"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/en\/collections\/mallar-pa-engelska.oembed?page=4","provider":"Mallbutiken","version":"1.0","type":"link"}